N-SULFONYLATED TETRAHYDROQUINOLINES AND RELATED BICYCLIC COMPOUNDS FOR INHIBITION OF RORgamma ACTIVITY AND THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE

ABSTRACT

The invention provides tetrahydroquinoline and related compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of inhibiting RORγ activity, reducing the amount of IL-17 in a subject, and treating immune disorders and inflammatory disorders using such tetrahydroquinoline and related compounds are provided.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims the benefit of and priority to U.S. ProvisionalPatent Application Ser. No. 61/411,084, filed Nov. 8, 2010, the contentsof which are hereby incorporated by reference.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The invention provides tetrahydroquinoline and related compounds,methods of inhibiting RORγ activity and/or reducing the amount of IL-17in a subject, and therapeutic uses of the tetrahydroquinoline andrelated compounds. In particular, the present invention provides1-arylsulfonamide-tetrahydroquinoline and related compounds, methods ofusing such compounds to inhibit RORγ activity and/or reduce the amountof IL-17 in a subject, and treat immune disorders and inflammatorydisorders.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Retinoid-related orphan receptors (ROR) are reported to have animportant role in numerous biological processes. See, for example,Dussault et al. in Mech. Dev. (1998) vol. 70, 147-153; and Andre et. al.in EMBO J. (1998) vol. 17, 3867-3877. Scientific investigations relatingto each of retinoid-related orphan receptors RORα, RORβ, and RORγ havebeen described in the literature. See, for example, Hirose et al. inBiochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. (1994) vol. 205, 1976-1983; Giguere etal. in Genes. Dev. (1994) vol. 8, 538-553; Medvedev et al. in Gene(1996) vol. 181, 199-206; Ortiz et al. in Mol. Endocrinol. (1995) vol.9, 1679-1691; Wiesenberg et al. in Nucleic Acids Res. (1995) vol. 23,327-333; Carlberg et al. in Mol. Endocrinol. (1994) vol. 8, 757-770; andBecker-Andre et al. in Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. (1993) vol. 194,1371-1379. Continuing research in this field is spurred by the promiseof developing new therapeutic agents to treat medical disordersassociated with retinoid-related orphan receptor activity.

RORγ has been reported to be expressed in high concentration in varioustissues, such as thymus, kidney, liver, muscle, and certain fat tissue.See, for example, Hirose et al. in Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. (1994)vol. 205, 1976-1983; Medvedev et al. in Gene (1996) vol. 181, 199-206;Ortiz et al. in Mol. Endocrinol. (1995) vol. 9, 1679-1691; and He et al.in Immunity (1998) vol. 9, 797-806. Two isoforms of RORγ have beenidentified and are referred to as γ1 and γ2 (also referred to as RORγt).See, for example, He et al. in Immunity (1998) vol. 9, 797-806.Expression of the γ2 isoform has been reported to appear in, forexample, double-positive thymocytes. See, for example, He et al. inImmunity (1998) vol. 9, 797-806; and Villey et al. in Eur. J. Immunol.(1999) vol. 29, 4072-4080. Compounds capable of modulating RORytactivity are contemplated to provide a therapeutic benefit in thetreatment of multiple medical disorders, including immune andinflammatory disorders.

Numerous immune and inflammatory disorders continue to afflict millionsof patients worldwide. Significant advances have been made in treatingthese disorders. However, current therapies do not provide satisfactoryresults for all patients due to, for example, detrimental side effectsor insufficient efficacy. Treatments for immune and inflammatorydisorders vary depending on the particular medical disorder, and ofteninvolve use of immunosuppressive drugs. Surgery (e.g., splenectomy),plasmapheresis, or radiation can be used in certain instances.

One exemplary immune disorder in need of better therapy is psoriasis.Psoriasis is a T cell-mediated inflammatory disease that affectsapproximately 2% to 3% of adults and has a substantial adverse impact onthe quality of life for patients suffering from this disorder. Plaquesresulting from psoriasis can be painful and are visually unappealing.Various therapeutics have been developed in an attempt to treatpsoriasis. However, the traditional therapies for psoriasis often havetoxic adverse effects.

An exemplary inflammatory disorder in need of better treatment isrheumatoid arthritis. This form of arthritis is characterized byinflammation in the synovial membrane and results in destruction ofbone. Numerous therapeutics have been developed in an attempt to treatthis disorder. Exemplary therapeutics for treating rheumatoid arthritisinclude corticosteroids, methotrexate, hydroxychloroquine,sulfasalazine, and leflunomide. However, current therapies are noteffective for all patients. Moreover, some patients develop resistanceto current therapies.

Accordingly, a need exists for improved treatments for immune disordersand inflammatory disorders. The present invention addresses this needand provides other related advantages.

SUMMARY

The present invention provides tetrahydroquinoline and relatedcompounds, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of inhibiting RORγactivity and/or reducing the amount of IL-17 in a subject, and methodsof treating various medical disorders using such compounds. Inparticular, one aspect of the invention provides a collection oftetrahydroquinoline and related compounds, such as a compoundrepresented by Formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein thevariables are as defined in the detailed description. Other illustrativeaspects of the invention provide a collection of tetrahydroquinoline andrelated compounds, such as a compound represented by Formula III:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein thevariables are as defined in the detailed description. Furtherdescription of additional collections of tetrahydroquinoline and relatedcompounds are described in the detailed description.

Another aspect of the invention provides a method of treating a subjectsuffering from a medical disorder. The method comprises administering tothe subject a therapeutically effective amount of one or moretetrahydroquinoline or related compounds described herein, e.g., acompound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, or IX, whereinFormulae I-IX are as described in the detailed description. A largenumber of disorders can be treated using the tetrahydroquinoline andrelated compounds described herein. For example, the compounds describedherein can be used to treat an immune disorder or inflammatory disorder,such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, chronic graft-versus-hostdisease, acute graft-versus-host disease, Crohn's disease, inflammatorybowel disease, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, CeliacSprue, idiopathic thrombocytopenic thrombotic purpura, myastheniagravis, Sjogren's syndrome, scleroderma, ulcerative colitis, asthma,epidermal hyperplasia, and other medical disorders described herein. Incertain other embodiments, the disorder is rheumatoid arthritis.

Another aspect of the invention provides a method of inhibiting theactivity of RORγ. The method comprises exposing a RORγ to an effectiveamount of one or more tetrahydroquinoline or related compounds describedherein, e.g., a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, orIX, or a pharmaceutical composition described herein.

Another aspect of the invention provides a method of reducing the amountof IL-17 in a subject. The method comprises administering to a subjectan effective amount of one or more tetrahydroquinoline or relatedcompounds described herein, e.g., a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV,V, VI, VII, VIII, or IX, or a pharmaceutical composition describedherein, to reduce the amount of IL-17 in the subject.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The invention provides tetrahydroquinoline and related compounds,pharmaceutical compositions, methods of inhibiting RORγ activity and/orreducing the amount of IL-17 in a subject, and therapeutic uses of thetetrahydroquinoline and related compounds. The practice of the presentinvention employs, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniquesof organic chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology (includingrecombinant techniques), cell biology, biochemistry, and immunology.Such techniques are explained in the literature, such as in“Comprehensive Organic Synthesis” (B. M. Trost & I. Fleming, eds.,1991-1992); “Handbook of experimental immunology” (D. M. Weir & C. C.Blackwell, eds.); “Current protocols in molecular biology” (F. M.Ausubel et al., eds., 1987, and periodic updates); and “Currentprotocols in immunology” (J. E. Coligan et al., eds., 1991), each ofwhich is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

Various aspects of the invention are set forth below in sections;however, aspects of the invention described in one particular sectionare not to be limited to any particular section. Further, when avariable is not accompanied by a definition, the previous definition ofthe variable controls.

DEFINITIONS

The terms used herein have their ordinary meaning and the meaning ofsuch terms is independent at each occurrence thereof. Thatnotwithstanding and except where stated otherwise, the followingdefinitions apply throughout the specification and claims. Chemicalnames, common names, and chemical structures may be used interchangeablyto describe the same structure. If a chemical compound is referred tousing both a chemical structure and a chemical name, and an ambiguityexists between the structure and the name, the structure predominates.These definitions apply regardless of whether a term is used by itselfor in combination with other terms, unless otherwise indicated. Hence,the definition of “alkyl” applies to “alkyl” as well as the “alkyl”portions of “hydroxyalkyl,” “fluoroalkyl,” “—O-alkyl,” etc.

The term “alkyl” is art-recognized, and includes saturated aliphaticgroups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkylgroups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkylgroups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. In certain embodiments,a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has about 30 or fewer carbonatoms in its backbone (e.g., C₁-C₃₀ for straight chain, C₃-C₃₀ forbranched chain), and alternatively, about 20 or fewer. Likewise,cycloalkyls have from about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms in their ringstructure, and alternatively about 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ringstructure. Exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, andcyclobutyl.

The term “alkylene” refers to a diradical of an alkyl group. Exemplaryalkylene groups include —CH₂CH₂—,

The term “cycloalkylene” refers to a diradical of a cycloalkyl group.Exemplary cycloalkylene groups include

The term “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group that is substituted withat least one halogen. Exemplary haloalkyl groups include —CH₂F, —CHF₂,—CF₃, —CH₂CF₃, —CF₂CF₃, and the like.

The term “hydroxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl group that is substitutedwith at least one hydroxyl group. Exemplary hydroxyl alkyl groupsinclude —CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂OH, —C(H)(OH)C(OH)H₂, and the like.

The term “aralkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with an arylgroup. Exemplary aralkyl groups include

The term “aralkylene” refers to a diradical of an aralkyl group. Anexemplary aralkylene group is

The term “heteroaralkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with aheteroaryl group.

The terms “alkenyl” and “alkynyl” are art-recognized and refer tounsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possiblesubstitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at leastone double or triple bond respectively.

The term “aryl” is art-recognized and refers to a carbocyclic aromaticgroup. Representative aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl,and the like. Unless specified otherwise, the aromatic ring may besubstituted at one or more ring positions with, for example, halogen,azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxyl,amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, amino, amido, carboxylic acid, —C(O)alkyl,—CO₂alkyl, carbonyl, carboxyl, alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido,sulfonamide, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroarylmoieties, —CF₃, —CN, or the like. The term “aryl” also includespolycyclic aromatic ring systems having two or more carbocyclic rings inwhich two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (the ringsare “fused rings”) wherein all of the fused rings are aromatic rings,e.g., in a naphthyl group.

The term “arylene” as used herein refers to a divalent radical of acarbocyclic aromatic group. Arylene may be optionally substituted asdescribed for aryl, or as otherwise indicated. An exemplary arylenegroup is

The term “heteroaryl” is art-recognized and refers to aromatic groupsthat include at least one ring heteroatom. In certain instances, aheteroaryl group contains 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms. Representativeexamples of heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl,pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl, and the like. Unless specifiedotherwise, the heteroaryl ring may be substituted at one or more ringpositions with, for example, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, amino,amido, carboxylic acid, —C(O)alkyl, —CO₂alkyl, carbonyl, carboxyl,alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, sulfonamide, ketone, aldehyde, ester,heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl moieties, —CF₃, —CN, or the like. Theterm “heteroaryl” also includes polycyclic aromatic ring systems havingtwo or more rings in which two or more carbons are common to twoadjoining rings (the rings are “fused rings”) wherein all of the fusedrings are heteroaromatic, e.g., in a naphthyridinyl group.

The terms ortho, meta and para are art-recognized and refer to 1,2-,1,3- and 1,4-disubstituted benzenes, respectively. For example, thenames 1,2-dimethylbenzene and ortho-dimethylbenzene are synonymous.

The term “heteroarylene” as used herein refers to a divalent radical ofaromatic groups that include at least one ring heteroatom, for example,one to four heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.Heteroarylene may be optionally substituted as described for heteroaryl,or as otherwise indicated. An exemplary heteroarylene group is

As used herein, the terms “heterocyclic” and “heterocyclyl” represent,for example, an aromatic or nonaromatic ring (e.g., a monocyclic orbicyclic ring) containing one or more heteroatoms. The heteroatoms canbe the same or different from each other. Examples of heteratomsinclude, but are not limited to nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Aromaticand nonaromatic heterocyclic rings are well-known in the art. Somenonlimiting examples of aromatic heterocyclic rings include, but notlimited to, pyridine, pyrimidine, indole, purine, quinoline andisoquinoline. Nonlimiting examples of nonaromatic heterocyclic compoundsinclude, but not limited to, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine,pyrrolidine and pyrazolidine. Examples of oxygen containing heterocyclicrings include, but not limited to, furan, oxirane, 2H-pyran, 4H-pyran,2H-chromene, benzofuran, and 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxine. Examplesof sulfur-containing heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to,thiophene, benzothiophene, and parathiazine. Examples of nitrogencontaining rings include, but not limited to, pyrrole, pyrrolidine,pyrazole, pyrazolidine, imidazole, imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyridine,piperidine, pyrazine, piperazine, pyrimidine, indole, purine,benzimidazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, triazole, and triazine. Examplesof heterocyclic rings containing two different heteroatoms include, butare not limited to, phenothiazine, morpholine, parathiazine, oxazine,oxazole, thiazine, and thiazole. The heterocyclic ring is optionallyfurther substituted at one or more ring positions with, for example,halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl,alkoxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, amino, amido, carboxylic acid,—C(O)alkyl, —CO₂alkyl, carbonyl, carboxyl, alkylthio, sulfonyl,sulfonamido, sulfonamide, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aryl orheteroaryl moieties, —CF₃, —CN, or the like. In certain embodiments, theheterocyclyl group is a 3-7 membered ring that, unless specifiedotherwise, is substituted or unsubstituted.

The term “heterocycloalkyl” refers to a saturated heterocyclyl grouphaving, for example, 3-7 ring atoms.

The term “heterocycloalkylene” refers to a diradical of aheterocycloalkyl group. Exemplary heterocycloalkylene groups include

The terms “amine” and “amino” are art-recognized and refer to bothunsubstituted and substituted amines, e.g., a moiety that may berepresented by the general formulas:

wherein R⁵⁰, R⁵¹, R⁵² and R⁵³ each independently represent a hydrogen,an alkyl, an alkenyl, —(CH₂)_(m)—R⁶¹, or R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹, taken togetherwith the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle havingfrom 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure; R⁶¹ represents an aryl, acycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, a heterocycle or a polycycle; and m is zeroor an integer in the range of 1 to 8. In certain embodiments, only oneof R⁵⁰ or R⁵¹ may be a carbonyl, e.g., R⁵⁰, R⁵¹ and the nitrogentogether do not form an imide. In other embodiments, R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ (andoptionally R⁵²) each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, analkenyl, or —(CH₂)_(m)—R⁶¹.

The terms “alkoxyl” or “alkoxy” are art-recognized and refer to an alkylgroup, as defined above, having an oxygen radical attached thereto.Representative alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy,tert-butoxy and the like. An “ether” is two hydrocarbons covalentlylinked by an oxygen. Accordingly, the substituent of an alkyl thatrenders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an alkoxyl, such as may berepresented by one of —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, and—O—(CH₂)_(m)—R⁶¹, where m and R⁶¹ are described above.

The symbol “

” indicates a point of attachment.

The term “substituted” means that one or more hydrogens on the atoms ofthe designated group are replaced with a selection from the indicatedgroup, provided that the atoms' normal valencies under the existingcircumstances are not exceeded, and that the substitution results in astable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables arepermissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. Theterms “stable compound’ or “stable structure” refer to a compound thatis sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purityfrom a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeuticagent.

When any substituent or variable occurs more than one time in anyconstituent or the compound of the invention, its definition on eachoccurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence,unless otherwise indicated.

The location of a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline or benzoxazinecore can be characterized according to positional numbering inaccordinance with the rules of chemical nomenclature. Positionalnumbering for the tetrahydroquinoline and benzoxazine cores isillustrated below.

It should also be noted that any carbon as well as heteroatom withunsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and tables herein isassumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy thevalences.

One or more compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as wellas solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such aswater, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the inventionembrace both solvated and unsolvated forms. “Solvate” means a physicalassociation of a compound of this invention with one or more solventmolecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionicand covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instancesthe solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or moresolvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of thecrystalline solid. “Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase andisolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates includeethanolates, methanolates, and the like. “Hydrate” is a solvate whereinthe solvent molecule is H₂O.

Certain compounds contained in compositions of the present invention mayexist in particular geometric or stereoisomeric forms. Further, certaincompounds described herein may be optically active. The presentinvention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- andtrans-isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-isomers,(L)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof,as falling within the scope of the invention. The compounds may containone or more stereogenic centers. For example, asymmetric carbon atomsmay be present in a substituent such as an alkyl group. All suchisomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included inthis invention, such as, for example, racemic mixtures, singleenantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers.Additional asymmetric centers may be present depending upon the natureof the various substituents on the molecule. Each such asymmetric centerwill independently produce two optical isomers, and it is intended thatall of the possible optical isomers, diastereomers in mixtures, and pureor partially purified compounds are included within the ambit of thisinvention.

Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individualdiastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences bymethods known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, bychromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers can beseparated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomericmixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g.,chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride),separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) theindividual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers.Alternatively, a particular enantiomer of a compound of the presentinvention may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis. Still further, wherethe molecule contains a basic functional group (such as amino) or anacidic functional group (such as carboxylic acid) diastereomeric saltsare formed with an appropriate optically-active acid or base, followedby resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractionalcrystallization or chromatographic means known in the art, andsubsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers.

Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, forexample, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, forexample, as racemates or with all other, or other selected,stereoisomers. Chiral center(s) in a compound of the present inventioncan have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974Recommendations. Further, to the extent a compound described herein mayexist as a atropisomer (e.g., substituted biaryls), all forms of suchatropisomer are considered part of this invention.

As used herein, the terms “subject” and “patient” are usedinterchangeable and refer to organisms to be treated by the methods ofthe present invention. Such organisms preferably include, but are notlimited to, mammals (e.g., murines, simians, equines, bovines, porcines,canines, felines, and the like), and most preferably includes humans.

The term “IC₅₀” is art-recognized and refers to the concentration of acompound that is required for 50% inhibition of its target.

As used herein, the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of acompound sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results (e.g., atherapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative result). Aneffective amount can be administered in one or more administrations,applications or dosages and is not intended to be limited to aparticular formulation or administration route. As used herein, the term“treating” includes any effect, e.g., lessening, reducing, modulating,ameliorating or eliminating, that results in the improvement of thecondition, disease, disorder, and the like, or ameliorating a symptomthereof.

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to thecombination of an active agent with a carrier, inert or active, makingthe composition especially suitable for diagnostic or therapeutic use invivo or ex vivo.

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers toany of the standard pharmaceutical carriers, such as a phosphatebuffered saline solution, water, emulsions (e.g., such as an oil/wateror water/oil emulsions), and various types of wetting agents. Thecompositions also can include stabilizers and preservatives. Forexamples of carriers, stabilizers and adjuvants. (See e.g., Martin,Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th Ed., Mack Publ. Co., Easton,Pa. [1975]).

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers toany pharmaceutically acceptable salt (e.g., acid or base) of a compoundof the present invention which, upon administration to a subject, iscapable of providing a compound of this invention or an activemetabolite or residue thereof. As is known to those of skill in the art,“salts” of the compounds of the present invention may be derived frominorganic or organic acids and bases. Examples of acids include, but arenot limited to, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, nitric, perchloric,fumaric, maleic, phosphoric, glycolic, lactic, salicylic, succinic,toluene-p-sulfonic, tartaric, acetic, citric, methanesulfonic,ethanesulfonic, formic, benzoic, malonic, naphthalene-2-sulfonic,benzenesulfonic acid, and the like. Other acids, such as oxalic, whilenot in themselves pharmaceutically acceptable, may be employed in thepreparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compoundsof the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid additionsalts.

Examples of bases include, but are not limited to, alkali metals (e.g.,sodium) hydroxides, alkaline earth metals (e.g., magnesium), hydroxides,ammonia, and compounds of formula NW₄ ⁺, wherein W is C₁₋₄ alkyl, andthe like.

Examples of salts include, but are not limited to: acetate, adipate,alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate,citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate,digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, flucoheptanoate,glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride,hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate,methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, palmoate,pectinate, persulfate, phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate,succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate (also known astoluenesulfonate), undecanoate, and the like. Other examples of saltsinclude anions of the compounds of the present invention compounded witha suitable cation such as Na⁺, NH₄ ⁺, and NWL₄ ⁺ (wherein W is a C₁₋₄alkyl group), and the like. Further examples of salts include, but arenot limited to: ascorbate, borate, nitrate, phosphate, salicylate, andsulfate. Further, acids which are generally considered suitable for theformation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic pharmaceuticalcompounds are discussed, for example, by P. Stahl et al., Camille G.(eds.) Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts. Properties, Selection and Use.(2002) Zurich: Wiley-VCH; S. Berge et al., Journal of PharmaceuticalSciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics(1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al., The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry(1996), Academic Press, New York; and in The Orange Book (Food & DrugAdministration, Washington, D.C. on their website). These disclosuresare incorporated herein by reference.

Additional exemplary basic salts include, but are not limited to:ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, andpotassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium andmagnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines)such as dicyclohexylamines, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acidssuch as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groupsmay be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g.,methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkylsulfates (e.g., dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates), long chainhalides (e.g., decyl, lauryl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides andiodides), aralkyl halides (e.g., benzyl and phenethyl bromides), andothers.

For therapeutic use, salts of the compounds of the present invention arecontemplated as being pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts ofacids and bases that are non-pharmaceutically acceptable may also finduse, for example, in the preparation or purification of apharmaceutically acceptable compound.

In addition, when a compound of the invention contains both a basicmoiety (such as, but not limited to, a pyridine or imidazole) and anacidic moiety (such as, but not limited to, a carboxylic acid)zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed. Such acidic and basic saltsused within the scope of the invention are pharmaceutically acceptable(i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts. Such salts of thecompounds of the invention may be formed, for example, by reacting acompound of the invention with an amount of acid or base, such as anequivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the saltprecipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.

The present invention includes the compounds of the invention in alltheir isolated forms (such as any solvates, hydrates, stereoisomers, andtautomers thereof). Further, the invention include compounds in whichone or more of the atoms may be artificially enriched in a particularisotope having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass numberdifferent from the atomic mass or mass number predominantly found innature. The present invention is meant to include all suitable isotopicvariations of the compounds of the invention. For example, differentisotopic forms of hydrogen (H) include protium (¹H) and deuterium (²H).Protium is the predominant hydrogen isotope found in nature. Enrichingfor deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages, such asincreasing in vivo half-life or reducing dosage requirements, or mayprovide a compound useful as a standard for characterization ofbiological samples. Isotopically-enriched compounds can be preparedwithout undue experimentation by conventional techniques known to thoseskilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in theSchemes and Examples herein using appropriate isotopically-enrichedreagents and/or intermediates.

The term “SEA Syndrome” refers to Seronegativity, Enthesopathy,Arthropathy Syndrome.

Throughout the description, where compositions are described as having,including, or comprising specific components, or where processes andmethods are described as having, including, or comprising specificsteps, it is contemplated that, additionally, there are compositions ofthe present invention that consist essentially of, or consist of, therecited components, and that there are processes and methods accordingto the present invention that consist essentially of, or consist of, therecited processing steps.

The terms “a” and “an” as used herein mean “one or more” and include theplural unless the context is inappropriate

As a general matter, compositions specifying a percentage are by weightunless otherwise specified.

I. Tetrahydroquinoline and Related Compounds

One aspect of the invention provides a compound represented by FormulaI:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofC₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), hydroxyl, —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴);

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), orheteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2;

y is 1 or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula I is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofC₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). Incertain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. In certain embodiments, R⁸ isaryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent is located at the2-position of the phenyl group, and the second substituent is located atthe 6-position of the phenyl group. In certain embodiments, y is 1.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound represented byFormula I-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofC₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), hydroxyl, —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula I-A is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofC₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), hydroxyl, —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). Incertain embodiments, n is 2. In certain embodiments, n is 2, and R² isattached to the 7-position of the tetrahydroquinoline ring. In certainembodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryloptionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is phenylsubstituted with 2 substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the firstsubstituent is located at the 2-position of the phenyl group, and thesecond substituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound represented byFormula I-B:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofC₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), hydroxyl, —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula I-B is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, variables A, R¹ through R⁸, n, and p for FormulaI-B are as defined by one of the further embodiments specified above inconnection with Formula I-A.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula II:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heteroaryl containing at least onering nitrogen or ring oxygen atom; each of which is optionallysubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴);

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), orheteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2;

y is 1 or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula II is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, n is 2, and R² is attached at the 7-position ofthe tetrahydroquinoline ring.

In certain embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴).

In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ isphenyl substituted with 2 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where thefirst substituent is located at the 2-position of the phenyl group, andthe second substituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group.In certain embodiments, y is 1.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula II-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heteroaryl containing at least onering nitrogen or ring oxygen atom; each of which is optionallysubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula II-A is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is heteroaryl containing at least one ringnitrogen or ring oxygen atom; wherein said heteroaryl is optionallysubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain embodiments, R¹ ishydrogen. In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. In certainembodiments, n is 2. In certain embodiments, n is 2, and R² is attachedto the 7-position of the tetrahydroquinoline ring. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, andC₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent is located at the 2-positionof the phenyl group, and the second substituent is located at the6-position of the phenyl group.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula II-B:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heteroaryl containing at least onering nitrogen or ring oxygen atom; each of which is optionallysubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula II-B is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, variables A, R¹ through R⁸, n, and p for FormulaII-B are as defined by one of the further embodiments specified above inconnection with Formula II-A.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula III:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl, C(O)R¹¹,—C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴);

X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ,—O—[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ, —C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ,—[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ,—N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ,—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or—C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ringnitrogen atom in Formula III;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), orheteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R⁹ and R¹⁰ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN;

R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2;

y is 1 or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula III is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain other embodiments, A isphenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In yetother embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN.

In certain embodiments, X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ or—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ. In certain other embodiments, X is —C(R⁶)═N-ψ or—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ. In yet other embodiments, X is—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ, —[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ.

In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl, each of which issubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certainother embodiments, R⁸ is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain other embodiments, R⁸ is phenylsubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certainother embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent is located at the2-position of the phenyl group, and the second substituent is located atthe 6-position of the phenyl group.

In certain embodiments, y is 1.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula III-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

X is —C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ, —[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m-ψ, —N═C(R) ⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ,—C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ,—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ,—N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to thesulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula III-A;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula III-A is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). Incertain embodiments, X is —C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ,—[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ. Incertain embodiments, X is —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ. In certain embodiments,R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is hydrogen. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, andC₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent is located at the 2-positionof the phenyl group, and the second substituent is located at the6-position of the phenyl group.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula III-B:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

X is —C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ, —[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ,—C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or—C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ringnitrogen atom in Formula III-B;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula III-B is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, variables A, R¹ through R⁸, n, and p for FormulaIII-B are as defined by one of the further embodiments specified abovein connection with Formula M-A.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula III-C:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —CN, and —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸;

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, andC₁₋₆haloalkyl;

R⁹ is C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, or—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula III-C is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent islocated at the 2-position of the phenyl group, and the secondsubstituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group. In certainembodiments, R⁹ is C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, or —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy. Incertain embodiments, R² is attached to the 6-position of the benzoxazinering.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula III-D:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —CN, and —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸;

R⁶ is C₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁷ is hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, andC₁₋₆haloalkyl; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula III-D is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent islocated at the 2-position of the phenyl group, and the secondsubstituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group. In certainembodiments, R⁶ is methyl. In certain embodiments, R¹ and R⁷ arehydrogen. In certain embodiments, R² is attached at the 6-position ofthe benzoxazine ring.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula III-E:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —CN, and —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸;

R⁶ is C₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁷ is hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, andC₁₋₆haloalkyl; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula III-E is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent islocated at the 2-position of the phenyl group, and the secondsubstituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group. In certainembodiments, R¹, R⁶, and R⁷ are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R² isattached at the 6-position of the indazole ring.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula III-F:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN,—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl,C(O)R¹¹, —C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴);

X is —C(R⁶)═N-ψ or —C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamidering nitrogen atom in Formula III-F;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸ or —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸;

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R⁹ and R¹⁰ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN;

R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2;

y is 1 or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula III-F is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula IV:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN,—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl,—C(O)R¹¹, —C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴);

X is —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)ψ,—C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ,—C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)]₂-ψ,—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ,—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to thesulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula IV;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸) or —N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R⁹ and R¹⁰ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN;

R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2;

y is 1 or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula IV is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent islocated at the 2-position of the phenyl group, and the secondsubstituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group. In certainembodiments, y is 1.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula IV-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN,—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

X is —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)—-ψ,—C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond tothe sulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula IV-A;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula IV-A is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, andC₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent is located at the 2-positionof the phenyl group, and the second substituent is located at the6-position of the phenyl group. In certain embodiments, X is—C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, or —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound represented byFormula V:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl),heterocyclyl, —C(O)R¹¹, —C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴);

X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ,—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ,—N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ,—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or—C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ringnitrogen atom in Formula V;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), orheteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R⁹ and R¹⁹ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN;

R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

n is 1, 2, or 3;

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2;

y is 1 or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula V is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain other embodiments, Ais phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In yetother embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen andC₁₋₆haloalkyl. In still other embodiments, A is phenyl substituted atthe 4-position with fluorine or chlorine.

In certain other embodiments, X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ. Incertain other embodiments, X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ or—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ. In certain other embodiments, X is —C(R⁶)═N-ψ or—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ.

In certain other embodiments, X is (CH₂)₃-ψ. In certain embodiments, R²is attached to the 7-position of the tetrahydroquinoline ring.

In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which isoptionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certain other embodiments, R⁸ isaryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. Incertain other embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ isphenyl substituted with 2 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where thefirst substituent is located at the 2-position of the phenyl group, andthe second substituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group.

In certain embodiments, y is 1.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound represented byFormula V-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN,—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ,—N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ,—C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; whereinψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula V-A;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1, 2, or 3;

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula V-A is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain embodiments, A isphenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certainembodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —N(R³)(R⁴). In certainembodiments, A is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with fluorine orchlorine.

In certain embodiments, X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is—(CH₂)₃-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is —(CH₂)₃-ψ, and R² is attached tothe 7-position of the tetrahydroquinoline ring. In certain embodiments,X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ, or—N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)ψ,—C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ,—C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, or —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is—C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ.

In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. In certain embodiments, R²is —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸ or —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸). In certainembodiments, R² is a heteroaryl group optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —N(R³)(R⁴).

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which isoptionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which isoptionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, and —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl. Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent is located at the2-position of the phenyl group, and the second substituent is located atthe 6-position of the phenyl group. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is anaromatic heterocyclyl or —C(R⁶)₂-(aromatic heterocyclyl); each of whichis optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ iscycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂—cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, or C₁₋₆alkyl; each of which isoptionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ isC₁₋₆alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, and—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound represented byFormula V-B:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN,—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ,—N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ,—C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; whereinψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula V-B;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1, 2, or 3;

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula V-B is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, variables A, R¹ through R⁸, n, and p for FormulaV-B are as defined by one of the further embodiments specified above inconnection with Formula V-A.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound represented byFormula VI:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl),heterocyclyl, —C(O)R¹¹, —C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴);

X is —[C(R⁵)₂]₃-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ,—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ,—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ, or—C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ringnitrogen atom in Formula VI;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1,2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN;

R⁹ and R¹⁰ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN;

R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

m is 1 or 2;

p is 0, 1, or 2;

y is 1 or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula VI is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain other embodiments, Ais phenyl substituted at the 4-position with fluorine or chlorine. Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent islocated at the 2-position of the phenyl group, and the secondsubstituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group. In certainembodiments, y is 1.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound represented byFormula VI-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN,—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

X is —[C(R⁵)₂]₃-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ,—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, or—C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ringnitrogen atom in Formula VI-A;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1,2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN;

m is 1 or 2;

p is 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula VI-A is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain embodiments, A isphenyl substituted at the 4-position with fluorine or chlorine. Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substitutedwith 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent islocated at the 2-position of the phenyl group, and the secondsubstituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula VII:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is arylene, aralkylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene, orheterocycloalkylene; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2,or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN,—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl,—C(O)R¹¹, —C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴);

X is —C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ, —[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ,-—[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m-ψ, —N═C(R)⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ,—C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or—C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ringnitrogen atom in Formula VII;

Z is C₁₋₆alkyl or C₁₋₆haloalkyl;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), orheteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R⁹ and R¹⁰ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN;

R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2;

y is 1 or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula VII is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain other embodiments, A isphenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴).

In certain embodiments, X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ or—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ. In certain other embodiments, X is —C(R⁶)═N-ψ or—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ.

In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. In certain embodiments, R⁸is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. Incertain other embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ isphenyl substituted with 2 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where thefirst substituent is located at the 2-position of the phenyl group, andthe second substituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group.

In certain embodiments, y is 1.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula VIII:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵, R⁶, and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogenor C₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula VIII is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain other embodiments, A isphenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁵)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴).

In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ isphenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent is located at the2-position of the phenyl group, and the second substituent is located atthe 6-position of the phenyl group.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula IX:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —O-aryl, —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl, —C(O)R¹¹,—C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴);

X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ,—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ,—N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ,—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ,—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ,—N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to thesulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula IX;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸),—N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), or heteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group isoptionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl,—N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

R⁹ and R¹⁰ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN;

R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, orheterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy,—CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴);

n is 1, 2, or 3;

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2;

y is 1 or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula IX is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain other embodiments, A isphenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In yetother embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —N(R³)(R⁴). In yet otherembodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN. In yet other embodiments, A is phenylsubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen and C₁₋₆haloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ or—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ. In certain other embodiments, X is —C(R⁶)═N-ψ or—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ. In yet other embodiments, X is—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ, —[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ.

In certain embodiments, X is —(CH₂)₃-ψ. In certain embodiments, R² isattached to the 7-position of the tetrahydroquinoline ring.

In certain embodiments, X is —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ.

In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which isoptionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certain other embodiments, R⁸ isaryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. Inyet other embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ isphenyl substituted with 2 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where thefirst substituent is located at the 2-position of the phenyl group, andthe second substituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group.

In certain embodiments, y is 1.

Another aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula IX-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —O-aryl, —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ,—N═C(R⁶)^(C)(R⁶)²-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ,—C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; whereinψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula IX-A;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), orheteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1, 2, or 3;

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula IX-A is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, A is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CO₂R¹, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). Incertain embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —N(R³)(R⁴).In certain embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogenand C₁₋₆haloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, X—[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is—(CH₂)₃-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is —(CH₂)₃-ψ, and R² is attached tothe 7-position of the tetrahydroquinoline ring. In certain embodiments,X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ, or—N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ,—C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, or —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is—C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ.

In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. In certain embodiments, R²is —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸ or —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸). In certainembodiments, R² is a heteroaryl group optionally substituted with 1 or 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —N(R³)(R⁴).In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which isoptionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl oraralkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, and —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is phenylsubstituted with 2 substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the firstsubstituent is located at the 2-position of the phenyl group, and thesecond substituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group. Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is an aromatic heterocyclyl or —C(R⁶)₂-(aromaticheterocyclyl); each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂— cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is C₁₋₆alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN,—CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula IX-B:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —O-aryl, —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl,—SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m-ψ, —N═C(R) ⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ,—C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or—C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ringnitrogen atom in Formula IX-B;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), orheteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴);

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ andR⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl,—C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, orC₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1, 2, or 3;

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula IX-B is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula IX-C:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein:

A is phenyl, benzyl, or pyridinyl; each of which is substituted with 1,2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)₂C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, or —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to thesulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula IX-C;

R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, fluoro, ormethyl;

R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸ or —(CH₂)—N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸;

R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or methyl;

R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, fluoro, ormethyl;

R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen orC₁₋₆alkyl;

R⁸ is phenyl, benzyl, or pyridinyl; each of which is optionallysubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—S(O)₂C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl);

n is 1, 2, or 3;

m is 1 or 2;

p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; and

wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compoundrepresented by Formula IX-C is R, S, or a mixture thereof.

The definitions of the variables in Formulae I through IX-C aboveencompass multiple chemical groups. The application contemplatesembodiments where, for example, i) the definition of a variable is asingle chemical group selected from those chemical groups set forthabove, ii) the definition is a collection of two or more of the chemicalgroups selected from those set forth above, and iii) the compound isdefined by a combination of variables in which the variables are definedby (i) or (ii).

In certain other embodiments, the compound is one of the compoundslisted in Tables 1 and 2 herein below, Tables 3-6 in the Examples, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.

TABLE 1

No. Y Z I-1

I-2

I-3

I-4

I-5

I-6

I-7

I-8

I-9

I-10

I-11

I-12

I-13

I-14

I-15

I-16

I-17

I-18

I-19

I-20

I-21

I-22

I-23

I-24

I-25

I-26

I-27

I-28

I-29

I-30

I-31

I-32

I-33

I-34

I-35

I-36

I-37

I-38

I-39

I-40

TABLE 1A

No. Y Z X IA-1

—OH IA-2

—OH IA-3

—OH IA-4

—OH IA-5

—OH IA-6

—OH IA-7

—OH IA-8

—OH IA-9

—OH IA-10

—OH IA-11

—OH IA-12

—OH IA-13

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-14

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-15

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-16

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-17

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-18

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-19

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-20

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-21

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-22

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-23

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-24

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-25

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-26

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-27

—N(H)C(O)CH₃ IA-28

—OH IA-29

—OH IA-30

—OH

In certain embodiments, the invention provides a compound in Table 1A,where the compound has the R-configuration at the C3-position. Incertain other embodiments, the invention provides a compound in Table1A, where the compound has the S-configuration at the C3-position.

TABLE 2

No.

II-1

II-2

II-3

II-4

II-5

II-6

II-7

II-8

II-9

II-10

II-11

II-12

II-13

II-14

II-15

In certain other embodiments, the compound is one of the following:2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((3-(1-(methylamino)ethyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((3-((dimethylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((3-(2-(methylamino)ethyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;N-(1-((1H-imidazol-1-yl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-2-chloro-6-fluorobenzamide;2-(2-((7-(2-chloro-6-fluorobenzamido)-3,4-dihydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)sulfonyl)oxazol-5-yl)aceticacid;2-chloro-N-(1-((4-((dimethylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((5-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((4-hydroxycyclohexyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((3-(methylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;4-((7-(2-chloro-6-fluorobenzamido)-3,4-dihydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)sulfonyl)benzoicacid;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((2-((methylamino)methyl)cyclopropyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((3-((methylamino)methyl)cyclopentyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((3-(2-(dimethylamino)acetamido)pyrrolidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;N-(1-((1H-imidazol-1-yl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-2-(4-chlorophenyl)acetamide;2-(2-((7-(2-(4-chlorophenyl)acetamido)-3,4-dihydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)sulfonyl)oxazol-5-yl)aceticacid;2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(1-((4-((dimethylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)acetamide;2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)acetamide;N-(1-((1H-imidazol-1-yl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)acetamide;2-(2-((7-(2-cyclohexylacetamido)-3,4-dihydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)sulfonyl)oxazol-5-yl)aceticacid;2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-N-(1-((4-((dimethylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)acetamide;N-(1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-2-(p-tolyl)acetamide;2,6-difluoro-N-(6-methyl-1-((3-(1-(methylamino)ethyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;N-(1-((3-((dimethylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzamide;2,6-difluoro-N-(6-methyl-1-((3-(2-(methylamino)ethyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;N-(1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((3,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;2,6-difluoro-N-(4-methyl-1-((5-methylisoxazol-4-yl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;N-(1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzamide;N-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-1-((4-methyl-3-((methylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-7-carboxamide;N-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-1-((3-((dimethylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-7-carboxamide;N-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-1-((3-(2-methoxyethyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-7-carboxamide;N-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-7-carboxamide;1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-7-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline;2-(2-((6-(1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3,4-dihydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)sulfonyl)oxazol-5-yl)aceticacid;1-(4-((7-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)-3,4-dihydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)sulfonyl)phenyl)-N,N-dimethylmethanamine;1-((3,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-6-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((3-((dimethylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((3,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;N-(1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-methyl-1,2-dihydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((3,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-methyl-1,2-dihydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;N-(1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-4-methyl-1,2-dihydroquinolin-7-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(4-methyl-1-tosyl-1,2-dihydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2,6-difluoro-N-(1-((4-methyl-3-((methylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;N-(1-((3-((dimethylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((3,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;2,6-difluoro-N-(1-((4-methyl-3-((methylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;N-(1-((3-((dimethylamino)methyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinolin-7-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinolin-7-yl)benzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((3,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinolin-7-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;4-chloro-N-((1-((3,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)methyl)benzamide;4-methoxy-N-((1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)methyl)benzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-((1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)methyl)benzamide;N-((1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)methyl)-4-fluorobenzamide;4-chloro-N-((1-((3,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)methyl)benzamide;N-((1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,3-dimethyl-4-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)methyl)-4-methoxybenzamide;4-fluoro-N-((1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)methyl)benzamide;4-fluoro-N-((1-((4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl)methyl)benzamide;4-chloro-N-((3-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)methyl)benzamide;4-chloro-N-((3-((3,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)methyl)benzamide;2-chloro-N-(1-((4-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)-2-oxoindolin-6-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide;2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-oxoindolin-6-yl)benzamide;or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Methods for preparing compounds described herein are illustrated in thefollowing synthetic schemes. The schemes are given for the purpose ofillustrating the invention, but not for limiting the scope or spirit ofthe invention. Starting materials shown in the schemes can be obtainedfrom commercial sources or be prepared based on procedures described inthe literature.

The synthetic route illustrated in Scheme 1 is a general method forpreparing various amide-substituted tetrahydroquinoline compounds.Nitration of tetrahydroquinoline A by reacting it with a mixture ofnitric acid and sulfuric acid provides 7-nitro-tetrahydroquinoline B. Asulfonamide group can be installed by reacting7-nitro-tetrahydroquinoline B with a mild base and sulfonyl chloride(R—SO₂Cl) to provide sulfonamide C. The nitro group in compound C can bereduced to an amino group providing amino-tetrahydroquinoline D, whichcan be reacted with an acid chloride to provide the finalamide-substituted tetrahydroquinoline E.

The reaction procedures in Scheme 1 are contemplated to be amenable topreparing a wide variety of amide-substituted tetrahydroquinolinecompounds having different substituents at the Y, R, and R′ positions.For example, a numerous substituted tetrahydroquinolines are known inthe literature and/or are commercially available, such as 2-methyltetrahydroquinoline, 3-methyl tetrahydroquinoline, 4-methyltetrahydroquinoline, and 6-methyl tetrahydroquinoline. Furthermore, if afunctional group that is part of the Y, R, or R′ group would not beamenable to a reaction condition described in Scheme 1, it iscontemplated that the functional group can first be protected usingstandard protecting group chemistry and strategies, and then theprotecting group is removed after completing the desired synthetictransformation. See, for example, Greene, T. W.; Wuts, P. G. M.Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2^(nd) ed.; Wiley: New York,1991, for further description of protecting chemistry and strategies. Incertain other embodiments, a functional group in substituent Y, R, or R′in tetrahydroquinoline E can converted to another functional group usingstandard functional group manipulation procedures known in the art. See,for example, “Comprehensive Organic Synthesis” (B. M. Trost & I.Fleming, eds., 1991-1992).

Scheme 2 illustrates a general method for preparing dihydroquinolines.Condensation of phenylene diamine A with ethyl acetoacetate under reflux(e.g., using Conrad-Limpach conditions) provides7-amino-4-methylquinolin-2(1H)-one B. See, for example, Med. Chem. Res.(2010) vol. 19, pages 193-209 for additional description of syntheticprocedures. The amino group on quinolinone B can be reacted with an acidchloride to acylate the exocyclic nitrogen providing amide C. Reactionof amide C with mild base and a sulfonyl chloride (R′SO₂Cl) providessulfonamido-dihydroquinoline D.

Scheme 3 illustrates a general method for preparing fluoro-substituted,hydroxyl-substituted, and alkoxy-substituted tetrahydroquinolinecompounds. Oxidation of tetrahydroquinoline A using potassiumpermanganate provides ketone B. Ketone B can reduced to alcohol C,reacted with a fluorinating agent (such as DAST) to providedifluorotetrahydroquinoline D, or further oxidized to dihydroquinolineE. The oxidative conversion of ketone B to dihydroquinoline E can becarried using, for example, manganese dioxide, DDQ or selenium dioxide.Reaction of dihydroquinoline E with a fluorinating agent (such as DAST)provides fluoro-dihydroquinoline F. The identity of the oxidant andfluorinating agent can be selected to accommodate various functionalgroups that may be present on the synthetic intermediates shown inScheme 3. Finally, as depicted below alkoxy-substitutedtetrahydroquinoline G can be prepared by reaction of alcohol C withmethanesulfonyl chloride to provide an intermediate mesylate that isreacted with an alkoxide, such as sodium methoxide, to providealkoxy-substituted tetrahydroquinoline G.

Scheme 4 illustrates a general method for preparing tetrahydroquinolineshaving, for example, a methyl group at the 4-position. Reaction ofaniline A with an α,β-unsaturated acid chloride under Schotten-Baumenconditions (or using a solution of the acid chloride in a solvent suchas pyridine, THF, or DMF with a nucleophilic catalyst and added organicbase if appropriate) provides amide B. Intramolecular Heck reaction canbe used to convert amide B to quinoline-2-one C. Selective reduction ofthe enamide double bond in compound C may be carried using a dissolvingmetal reduction, such as sodium in liquid ammonia or an aluminum-mercuryamalgam, to provide dihydroquinolin-2-one D. Sulfonylation of the amidenitrogen can be carried out by reacting dihydroquinolin-2-one D with amild base and sulfonyl chloride (RSO₂Cl) to provide sulfamide E.Reduction of the nitro group in sulfonamide E can be carried out Raneynickel to provide amine F, which can be reacted with an acid chloride(or carboxylic acid under amide coupling conditions) to provide thedesired bicyclopyridone G.

Scheme 5 illustrates a general method for preparing tetrahydroquinolineshaving an amide substituent and, for example, and an alkyl substituentattached to the tetrahydroquinoline core. Amide coupling of halo-anilineA with an acid chloride provides amide B. Synthetic intermediate B issubjected to Heck Coupling conditions to provide bromoquinolin-2(1H)-oneC, which can be reduced to bromo-dihydroquinolin-2(1H)-one D. Syntheticintermediate D can be converted to amide E, and subsequent reaction withthe desired sulfonyl chloride provides the desired tetrahydroquinolineF.

Scheme 6 illustrates an alternative procedure for preparingtetrahydroquinolines having an amide substituent and, for example, andan alkyl substituent attached to the tetrahydroquinoline core.

Scheme 7 illustrates a general method for preparing fluorinatedtetrahydroquinoline compounds. The startingtetrahydroquinoline-7-carbaldehyde compound shown in Scheme 7 has beendescribed in the literature. See, for example, International PatentApplication Publication WO 2010/038901.

Scheme 8 illustrates a general method for preparing tetrahydroquinolinecompounds having a —CH₂-amide substituent at the 7-position. Numerousindoles, indolinones, benzimidazoles, benzimidazolones and the like areknown in the literature, and they are contemplated to be amenable foruse as starting material in the synthetic scheme below to providevarious functionalized 6,5-fused bicyclic ring systems.

Scheme 9 illustrates multiple general procedures for preparing variousindoles, indolinones and related compounds

The synthetic route in Scheme 10 is a general method for preparingvarious amide-substituted indazole compounds. Reaction of amino-indazoleA with an acid chloride (RC(O)Cl) provides amide-substituted indazole B.A sulfonamide group can be installed by reacting indazole B with a mildbase and a sulfonyl chloride (R′—SO₂Cl) to provide indazolyl sulfonamideC.

The synthetic route in Scheme 11 is a general method for preparingvarious 3-substituted indazole compounds. Reaction of amino-indazole Awith an acid chloride (RC(O)Cl) provides amide-substituted indazole B.Treatment of indazole B with iodine provides iodo-indazole C, which maybe subjected to palladium coupling conditions to provide3-vinyl-imidazole D. A sulfonamide group can be installed by reacting3-vinyl-imidazole D with a mild base and a sulfonyl chloride (R′—SO₂Cl)to provide indazolyl sulfonamide E. Dihydroxylation of the vinyl groupmay be achieved by treating indazole E with osmium tetraoxide to providedihydroxy-ethyl indazole F. Sodium perioidate cleavage of the dihydroxygroup produces aldehyde G, which may be reduced to provide3-hydroxylmethylindazole H.

Scheme 12 provides an alternative general method for preparing variousamide-substituted indazole compounds. Treatment of bromo-phenylsulfonylindazole A with lithium diisopropylamide (LDA), n-butyl lithium(n-BuLi), and a ketone or aldehyde (R′C(O)R″) provides indazole B.Treatment of bromo-phenylsulfonyl indazole A with lithiumdiisopropylamide (LDA), n-butyl lithium (n-BuLi), and the amide compoundR′C(O)N(Me)(OMe) provides indazole C.

The synthetic route in Scheme 13 is a general method for preparingvarious amide-substituted benzoxazine compounds. Reaction of nitro-arylsulfonamide A with an epoxide provides benzoxazine B. The nitro group inbenzoxazine B can be reduced to an amino group to provideamino-benzoxazine C. Reaction of amino-benzoxazine C with an acidchloride (R″C(O)Cl) provides amide-substituted benzoxazine D.

Scheme 14 provides an alternative general method for preparing variousamide-substituted benzoxazine compounds. Dichloro-hydroxybenzene A isreacted with a protecting group agent (e.g.,tert-butyl-dimethylsilylchloride) to provide intermediate B, which canbe treated with sec-butyl lithium (sec-BuLi) and dimethylformamide (DMF,an electrophilic formaldehyde source) to provide aldehyde C. Treatmentof aldehyde C with an oxidizing agent (e.g., KMnO₄) provide substitutedbenzoic acid D. Amide coupling of substituted benzoic acid D andamino-benzoxazine E provides benzoxazine amide F. The protecting group(Pg) of benzoxazine amide F can be removed to provide hydroxy-benzamideG, which, if desired, can be converted to its alkyl ether (e.g., whereR′ is alkyl).

Scheme 15 provides an alternative general method for preparing variousamide-substituted benzoxazine compounds. Reaction offluoro-dinitrobenzene A with α-hydroxyester B provides benzoxazinone C.The amide group in benzoxazinone C can be reduced using, for example,lithium aluminum hydride (LiAlH₄) to provide benzoxazine D. Amidecoupling of benzoxazine D with an acid chloride providesamido-benzoxazine E.

Tetrahydroquinoline and related compounds described herein can becombined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier to form apharmaceutical composition. For example, one aspect of the inventionprovides a pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier and (ii) a compound represented by Formula V or VI,wherein Formula V and VI are as defined above. In certain otherembodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a compound ofFormula V. In certain embodiments, the compound is one of the morespecific embodiments specified above for Formula V, such as where A isphenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In yetother embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen andC₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain other embodiments, X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ. Incertain other embodiments, X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ or—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ. In certain other embodiments, X is —C(R⁶)═N-ψ or—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ. In certain other embodiments, X is (CH₂)₃-ψ. In certainembodiments, R² is attached to the 7-position of the tetrahydroquinolinering. In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is optionallysubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and—S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certain other embodiments, R⁸ is aryl substituted with1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consistingof halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain other embodiments,R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, andC₁₋₆haloalkyl.

In certain other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises acompound of Formula V-A. In certain embodiments, the compound is one ofthe more specific embodiments specified above for Formula V-A, such aswhere A is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R¹, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R¹, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R¹)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain embodiments, A is phenylsubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, Ais phenyl substituted at the 4-position with fluorine or chlorine. Incertain embodiments, X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is—(CH₂)₃-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ,—N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ, or —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ. In certainembodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl oraralkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl.

In certain other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises acompound of Formula VI. In certain embodiments, the compound is one ofthe more specific embodiments specified above for Formula VI, such aswhere A is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain other embodiments, A isphenyl substituted at the 4-position with fluorine or chlorine. Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl.

In certain other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises acompound of Formula VI-A. In certain embodiments, the compound is one ofthe more specific embodiments specified above for Formula VI-A, such aswhere A is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R¹, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R¹, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R¹)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain embodiments, A is phenylsubstituted at the 4-position with fluorine or chlorine. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2 or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN.

Another aspect of the invention provides the tetrahydroquinoline (andrelated compounds) described herein in the form of an isolatedcomposition having a chemical purity of at least 95% w/w. In certainembodiments, the invention provides a compound of any one of Formulae I,II, III, or IV or a specific compound described herein (such as inTables 1-6) in the form of an isolated composition having a chemicalpurity of at least 95% w/w, or at least 98% w/w.

II. Therapeutic Applications of Tetrahydroquinoline and RelatedCompounds

It is contemplated that the tetrahydroquinoline and related compoundsdescribed herein, such as a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI,VII, VIII, and IX provide therapeutic benefits to subjects sufferingfrom an immune disorder or inflammatory disorder. Accordingly, oneaspect of the invention provides a method of treating a disorderselected from the group consisting of an immune disorder or inflammatorydisorder. The method comprises administering a therapeutically effectiveamount of a tetrahydroquinoline or related compound described herein,such as a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX,to a subject in need thereof to ameliorate a symptom of the disorder,wherein Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX are asdescribed above. In certain embodiments, the particular compound ofFormula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX is the compound definedby one of the embodiments described above. In certain other embodiments,the tetrahydroquinoline or related compound described herein is acompound of Formula IX.

For example, in certain embodiments, the method comprises administeringa therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula IX (whereinFormula IX is as described in Section 1 above) to a subject in needthereof to ameliorate a symptom of the disorder. In certain embodiments,the compound is a compound Formula IX, wherein A is aryl substitutedwith 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂R⁶, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),—C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶,—O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). Incertain other embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂R⁶,—C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy,—C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and—N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In yet other embodiments, A is phenylsubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —N(R³)(R⁴). In yet other embodiments, A is phenylsubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and—CN. In yet other embodiments, A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogenand C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ or—O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ. In certain other embodiments, X is —C(R⁶)═N-ψ or—C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ. In yet other embodiments, X is—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)—[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ, —[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ,—C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)—C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ,—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is—(CH₂)₃-ψ. In certain embodiments, R² is attached to the 7-position ofthe tetrahydroquinoline ring. In certain embodiments, X is—C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ. In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. Incertain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is optionallysubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and—S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certain other embodiments, R⁸ is aryl substituted with1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consistingof halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In yet other embodiments, R⁸is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, andC₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 2substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl, where the first substituent islocated at the 2-position of the phenyl group, and the secondsubstituent is located at the 6-position of the phenyl group. In certainembodiments, y is 1.

In certain other embodiments, the tetrahydroquinoline or relatedcompound described herein used in the method is a compound of FormulaIX-A. In certain embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula IX-Awhere A is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl,C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R¹,—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R¹, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴),and —N(R¹)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴). In certain embodiments, A isphenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —N(R³)(R⁴). In certain embodiments, A is phenylsubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen and C₁₋₆haloalkyl. In certain embodiments,X—[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁸)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, or—C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ. In certain embodiments, X is —(CH₂)₃-ψ. In certainembodiments, X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ,or —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ. In certain embodiments, R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸. Incertain embodiments, R² is —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸ or—C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸). In certain embodiments, R² is a heteroaryl groupoptionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —N(R³)(R⁴). In certain embodiments, R⁸ is aryl oraralkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is optionallysubstituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl,C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, and —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl. In certainembodiments, R⁸ is an aromatic heterocyclyl or —C(R⁶)₂-(aromaticheterocyclyl); each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴),—CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, and —S—C₁₋₆alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the disorder an immune disorder. In certainother embodiments, the disorder is an inflammatory disorder. In certainother embodiments, the disorder is an autoimmune disorder. In certainother embodiments, the disorder is rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis,chronic graft-versus-host disease, acute graft-versus-host disease,Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis,systemic lupus erythematosus, Celiac Sprue, idiopathic thrombocytopenicthrombotic purpura, myasthenia gravis, Sjogren's syndrome, scleroderma,ulcerative colitis, asthma, or epidermal hyperplasia.

In certain other embodiments, the disorder is cartilage inflammation,bone degradation, arthritis, juvenile arthritis, juvenile rheumatoidarthritis, pauciarticular juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, polyarticularjuvenile rheumatoid arthritis, systemic onset juvenile rheumatoidarthritis, juvenile ankylosing spondylitis, juvenile enteropathicarthritis, juvenile reactive arthritis, juvenile Reter's Syndrome, SEASyndrome, juvenile dermatomyositis, juvenile psoriatic arthritis,juvenile scleroderma, juvenile systemic lupus erythematosus, juvenilevasculitis, pauciarticular rheumatoid arthritis, polyarticularrheumatoid arthritis, systemic onset rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosingspondylitis, enteropathic arthritis, reactive arthritis, Reter'sSyndrome, dermatomyositis, psoriatic arthritis, vasculitis, myolitis,polymyolitis, dermatomyolitis, osteoarthritis, polyarteritis nodossa,Wegener's granulomatosis, arteritis, polymyalgia rheumatica,sarcoidosis, sclerosis, primary biliary sclerosis, sclerosingcholangitis, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, atherosclerosis, Still'sdisease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, Guillain-Barre disease,Type I diabetes mellitus, Graves' disease, Addison's disease, Raynaud'sphenomenon, autoimmune hepatitis, psoriatic epidermal hyperplasia,plaque psoriasis, guttate psoriasis, inverse psoriasis, pustularpsoriasis, erythrodermic psoriasis, or an immune disorder associatedwith or arising from activity of pathogenic lymphocytes. In certainembodiments, the psoriasis is plaque psoriasis, guttate psoriasis,inverse psoriasis, pustular psoriasis, or erythrodermic psoriasis.

In certain other embodiments, the disorder is rheumatoid arthritis.

In certain embodiments, the subject is a human. In certain embodiments,the compound is a compound of Formula IX-A, IX-B, or IX-C.

Another aspect of the invention provides for the use of a compounddescribed herein (such as a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI,VII, VIII, or IX) in the manufacture of a medicament. In certainembodiments, the medicament is for treating a disorder described herein,such as rheumatoid arthritis.

Another aspect of the invention provides for the use of a compounddescribed herein (such as a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI,VII, VIII, or IX) for treating a medical disorder, such a medicaldisorder described herein (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis).

Further, it is contemplated that tetrahydroquinoline and relatedcompounds described herein, such as a compound of Formula I, II, III,IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, or IX, can inhibit the activity of RORγ.Accordingly, another aspect of the invention provides a method ofinhibiting the activity of RORγ. The method comprises exposing a RORγ toan effective amount of a tetrahydroquinoline or related compounddescribed herein, such as a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI,VII, VIII, or IX, to inhibit said RORγ, wherein Formula I, II, III, IV,V, VI, VII, VIII, or IX are as described above. In certain embodiments,the particular compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, orIX is the compound defined by one of the embodiments described above. Incertain embodiments, the tetrahydroquinoline or related compound is acompound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.

Further, it is contemplated that tetrahydroquinoline and relatedcompounds described herein, such as a compound of Formula I, II, III,IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX, can reduce the amount of interleukin-17(IL-17) in a subject. IL-17 is a cytokine that affects numerousbiological functions, including inducing and mediating pro-inflammatoryresponses. Accordingly, another aspect of the invention provides amethod of reducing the amount of IL-17 in a subject. The methodcomprises administering to a subject an effective amount of atetrahydroquinoline or related compound described herein, such as acompound of I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, or IX to reduce the amountof IL-17 in the subject, wherein Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII,VIII, or IX are as described above. In certain embodiments, theparticular compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, or IXis the compound defined by one of the embodiments described above. Incertain embodiments, the tetrahydroquinoline or related compound is acompound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.

In certain embodiments, the subject is a human. In certain embodiments,administering the compound reduces the amount of IL-17 produced by Th-17cells in the subject. A change in the amount of IL-17 produced by, forexample, Th-17 cells can be measured using procedures described in theliterature, such as an ELISA assay or intracellular staining assay.

Further, it is contemplated that tetrahydroquinoline and relatedcompounds described herein, such as a compound of Formula I, II, III,IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX, may inhibit the synthesis of IL-17 in asubject. Accordingly, another aspect of the invention provides a methodof inhibiting the synthesis IL-17 in a subject. The method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of a compound describedherein, e.g., a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII,and IX, to inhibit the synthesis IL-17 in the subject, wherein FormulaI, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX are as described above. Incertain embodiments, the particular compound of Formula I, II, III, IV,V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX is the compound defined by one of theembodiments described above. In certain embodiments, thetetrahydroquinoline or related compound is a compound of Formula I, II,III, IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.

The description above describes multiple embodiments providingdefinitions for variables used herein. The application specificallycontemplates all combinations of such variables, e.g., particularcombinations of the definitions set forth for variables A and X.

III. Combination Therapy

Another aspect of the invention provides for combination therapy.Tetrahydroquinoline and related compounds (e.g., a compound of FormulaI, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, or IX) or their pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts may be used in combination with additional therapeuticagents to treat medical disorders, such as medical disorders associatedwith inappropriate IL-17 pathway activity. Exemplary additionaltherapeutic agents include, for example, (1) a TNF-α inhibitor; (2) anon-selective COX-1/COX-2 inhibitor; (3) a selective COX-2 inhibitor,such as celecoxib and rofecoxib; (4) other agents for treatinginflammatory disease and autoimmune disease including, for example,methotrexate, leflunomide, sulfasalazine, azathioprine, penicillamine,bucillamine, actarit, mizoribine, lobenzarit, hydroxychloroquine,d-penicillamine, aurothiomalate, auranofin, parenteral gold, oral gold,cyclophosphamide, Lymphostat-B, a BAFF/APRIL inhibitor, CTLA-4-Ig, or amimetic of CTLA-4-Ig; (5) a leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitor, such asa 5-lipoxygenase (5-LO) inhibitor, or a 5-lipoxygenase activatingprotein (FLAP) antagonist; (6) a LTD4 receptor antagonist; (7) aphosphodiesterase type IV (PDE-IV) inhibitor, such as cilomilast(ariflo) or roflumilast; (8) an antihistamine HI receptor antagonist;(9) an α1 and α2-adrenoceptor agonist; (10) an anticholinergic agent;(11) a β-adrenoceptor agonist; (12) an insulin-like growth factor type I(IGF-1) mimetic; (13) a glucocorticosoid; (14) a kinase inhibitor suchas an inhibitor of a Janus Kinase (e.g., JAK 1 and/or JAK2 and/or JAK 3and/or TYK2), p38 MAPK, Syk or IKK2; (15) a B-cell target biologic suchas rituximab; (16) a selective co-stimulation modulator such asabatacept; (17) an interleukin inhibitor or interleukin receptorinhibitor, such as the IL-1 inhibitor anakinra, IL-6 inhibitortocilizumab, and IL12/IL-23 inhibitor ustekimumab; (18) an anti-IL17antibody, anti-IL21 antibody, or anti-IL22 antibody (19) a S1P1 agonist,such as fingolimod; (20) an interferon, such as interferon beta 1; (21)an integrin inhibitor such as natalizumab; (22) a mTOR inhibitor such asrapamycin, cyclosporin and tacrolimus; (23) a non-steroidalantiinflammatory agent (NSAID), such as propionic acid derivatives(alminoprofen, benoxaprofen, bucloxic acid, carprofen, fenbufen,fenoprofen, fluprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indoprofen, ketoprofen,miroprofen, naproxen, oxaprozin, pirprofen, pranoprofen, suprofen,tiaprofenic acid, and tioxaprofen), acetic acid derivatives(indomethacin, acemetacin, alclofenac, clidanac, diclofenac,fenclofenac, fenclozic acid, fentiazac, furofenac, ibufenac, isoxepac,oxpinac, sulindac, tiopinac, tolmetin, zidometacin, and zomepirac),fenamic acid derivatives (flufenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, mefenamicacid, niflumic acid and tolfenamic acid), biphenylcarboxylic acidderivatives (diflunisal and flufenisal), oxicams (isoxicam, piroxicam,sudoxicam and tenoxican), salicylates (acetyl salicylic acid,sulfasalazine) and pyrazolones (apazone, bezpiperylon, feprazone,mofebutazone, oxyphenbutazone, phenylbutazone); (24) a NRF2 pathwayactivator, such as the fumaric acid derivative, BG-12; and (25) achemokine or chemokine receptor inhibitor, such as a CCR9 antagonist.

The amount tetrahydroquinoline or related compound (e.g., a compound ofFormula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, or IX) and additionaltherapeutic agent and the relative timing of administration may beselected in order to achieve a desired combined therapeutic effect. Forexample, when administering a combination therapy to a patient in needof such administration, the therapeutic agents in the combination, or apharmaceutical composition or compositions comprising the therapeuticagents, may be administered in any order such as, for example,sequentially, concurrently, together, simultaneously and the like.Further, for example, a tetrahydroquinoline or related compound (e.g., acompound of any one of formulae I-IX) may be administered during a timewhen the additional therapeutic agent(s) exerts its prophylactic ortherapeutic effect, or vice versa.

The doses and dosage regimen of the active ingredients used in thecombination therapy may be determined by an attending clinician. Incertain embodiments, the tetrahydroquinoline or related compound (e.g.,a compound of any one of formulae I-IX) and the additional therapeuticagent(s) are administered in doses commonly employed when such agentsare used as monotherapy for treating the disorder. In other embodiments,the tetrahydroquinoline or related compound (e.g., a compound of any oneof formulae I-IX) and the additional therapeutic agent(s) areadministered in doses lower than the doses commonly employed when suchagents are used as monotherapy for treating the disorder. In certainembodiments, the tetrahydroquinoline or related compound (e.g., acompound of any one of formulae I-IX) and the additional therapeuticagent(s) are present in the same composition, which is suitable for oraladministration.

In certain embodiments, the tetrahydroquinoline or related compound(e.g., a compound of any one of formulae I-IX) and the additionaltherapeutic agent(s) may act additively or synergistically. Asynergistic combination may allow the use of lower dosages of one ormore agents and/or less frequent administration of one or more agents ofa combination therapy. A lower dosage or less frequent administration ofone or more agents may lower toxicity of the therapy without reducingthe efficacy of the therapy.

Another aspect of this invention is a kit comprising a therapeuticallyeffective amount of the tetrahydroquinoline or related compound (e.g., acompound of any one of formulae I-IX), a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier, vehicle or diluent, and optionally at least one additionaltherapeutic agent listed above.

IV. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Dosing Considerations

As indicated above, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions,which comprise a therapeutically-effective amount of one or more of thecompounds described above, formulated together with one or morepharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents. Thepharmaceutical compositions may be specially formulated foradministration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for thefollowing: (1) oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous ornon-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, e.g., those targeted forbuccal, sublingual, and systemic absorption, boluses, powders, granules,pastes for application to the tongue; (2) parenteral administration, forexample, by subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous or epiduralinjection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension, orsustained-release formulation; (3) topical application, for example, asa cream, ointment, or a controlled-release patch or spray applied to theskin; (4) intravaginally or intrarectally, for example, as a pessary,cream or foam; (5) sublingually; (6) ocularly; (7) transdermally; or (8)nasally.

The phrase “therapeutically-effective amount” as used herein means thatamount of a compound, material, or composition comprising a compound ofthe present invention which is effective for producing some desiredtherapeutic effect in at least a sub-population of cells in an animal ata reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer tothose compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are,within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contactwith the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity,irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication,commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.

Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium laurylsulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releaseagents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents,preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.

Examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable antioxidants include: (1) watersoluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride,sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like; (2)oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylatedhydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propylgallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal chelating agents,such as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol,tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.

Formulations of the present invention include those suitable for oral,nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal and/orparenteral administration. The formulations may conveniently bepresented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods wellknown in the art of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which canbe combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form willvary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode ofadministration. The amount of active ingredient which can be combinedwith a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generallybe that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect.Generally, out of one hundred percent, this amount will range from about0.1 percent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient,preferably from about 5 percent to about 70 percent, most preferablyfrom about 10 percent to about 30 percent.

In certain embodiments, a formulation of the present invention comprisesan excipient selected from the group consisting of cyclodextrins,celluloses, liposomes, micelle forming agents, e.g., bile acids, andpolymeric carriers, e.g., polyesters and polyanhydrides; and a compoundof the present invention. In certain embodiments, an aforementionedformulation renders orally bioavailable a compound of the presentinvention.

Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the stepof bringing into association a compound of the present invention withthe carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. Ingeneral, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimatelybringing into association a compound of the present invention withliquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, ifnecessary, shaping the product.

Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration may be inthe form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using aflavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders,granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueousliquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as anelixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatinand glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and thelike, each containing a predetermined amount of a compound of thepresent invention as an active ingredient. A compound of the presentinvention may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.

In solid dosage forms of the invention for oral administration(capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules, trouches and thelike), the active ingredient is mixed with one or morepharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate ordicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers orextenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/orsilicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose,alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3)humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such asagar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid,certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents,such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternaryammonium compounds and surfactants, such as poloxamer and sodium laurylsulfate; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol,glycerol monostearate, and non-ionic surfactants; (8) absorbents, suchas kaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such as talc, calciumstearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium laurylsulfate, zinc stearate, sodium stearate, stearic acid, and mixturesthereof; (10) coloring agents; and (11) controlled release agents suchas crospovidone or ethyl cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets andpills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise bufferingagents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed asfillers in soft and hard-shelled gelatin capsules using such excipientsas lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethyleneglycols and the like.

A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one ormore accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared usingbinder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose),lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example,sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose),surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made bymolding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compoundmoistened with an inert liquid diluent.

The tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceuticalcompositions of the present invention, such as dragees, capsules, pillsand granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings andshells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in thepharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as toprovide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient thereinusing, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportionsto provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices,liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be formulated for rapid release,e.g., freeze-dried. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtrationthrough a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizingagents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolvedin sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediatelybefore use. These compositions may also optionally contain opacifyingagents and may be of a composition that they release the activeingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of thegastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples ofembedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substancesand waxes. The active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form,if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.

Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of theinvention include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions,solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the activeingredient, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonlyused in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents,solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropylalcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzylbenzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular,cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils),glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acidesters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.

Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvantssuch as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening,flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.

Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspendingagents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylenesorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminummetahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixturesthereof.

Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention forrectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository,which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the inventionwith one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carrierscomprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, asuppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature,but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectumor vaginal cavity and release the active compound.

Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for vaginaladministration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes,foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in theart to be appropriate.

Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compoundof this invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams,lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active compound maybe mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically-acceptablecarrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which maybe required.

The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to anactive compound of this invention, excipients, such as animal andvegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulosederivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid,talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.

Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of thisinvention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminumhydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of thesesubstances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, suchas chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons,such as butane and propane.

Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlleddelivery of a compound of the present invention to the body. Such dosageforms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the compound in the propermedium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux ofthe compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled byeither providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the compoundin a polymer matrix or gel.

Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the like,are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.

Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteraladministration comprise one or more compounds of the invention incombination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable sterileisotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions oremulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterileinjectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may containsugars, alcohols, antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes whichrender the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipientor suspending or thickening agents.

Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may beemployed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention includewater, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol,polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof,vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, suchas ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by theuse of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of therequired particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use ofsurfactants.

These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives,wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention ofthe action of microorganisms upon the subject compounds may be ensuredby the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, forexample, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. Itmay also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodiumchloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolongedabsorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about bythe inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminummonostearate and gelatin.

In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirableto slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscularinjection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension ofcrystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rateof absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolutionwhich, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form.Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally-administered drugform is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oilvehicle.

Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices ofthe subject compounds in biodegradable polymers such aspolylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer,and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drugrelease can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymersinclude poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectableformulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes ormicroemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.

When the compounds of the present invention are administered aspharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given per se or as apharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99% (morepreferably, 10 to 30%) of active ingredient in combination with apharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The preparations of the present invention may be given orally,parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are of course given in formssuitable for each administration route. For example, they areadministered in tablets or capsule form, by injection, inhalation, eyelotion, ointment, suppository, etc. administration by injection,infusion or inhalation; topical by lotion or ointment; and rectal bysuppositories. Oral administrations are preferred.

The phrases “parenteral administration” and “administered parenterally”as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral andtopical administration, usually by injection, and includes, withoutlimitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal,intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal,transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticulare, subcapsular,subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injection and infusion.

The phrases “systemic administration,” “administered systemically,”“peripheral administration” and “administered peripherally” as usedherein mean the administration of a compound, drug or other materialother than directly into the central nervous system, such that it entersthe patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other likeprocesses, for example, subcutaneous administration.

These compounds may be administered to humans and other animals fortherapy by any suitable route of administration, including orally,nasally, as by, for example, a spray, rectally, intravaginally,parenterally, intracisternally and topically, as by powders, ointmentsor drops, including buccally and sublingually.

Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds of thepresent invention, which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/orthe pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, are formulatedinto pharmaceutically-acceptable dosage forms by conventional methodsknown to those of skill in the art.

Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceuticalcompositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amountof the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desiredtherapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode ofadministration, without being toxic to the patient.

The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factorsincluding the activity of the particular compound of the presentinvention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route ofadministration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion ormetabolism of the particular compound being employed, the rate andextent of absorption, the duration of the treatment, other drugs,compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particularcompound employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health andprior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factorswell known in the medical arts.

A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readilydetermine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceuticalcomposition required. For example, the physician or veterinarian couldstart doses of the compounds of the invention employed in thepharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in orderto achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase thedosage until the desired effect is achieved.

In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention will bethat amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective toproduce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generallydepend upon the factors described above. Preferably, the compounds areadministered at about 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg, more preferably atabout 0.1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, even more preferably at about 0.5mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg. When the compounds described herein areco-administered with another agent (e.g., as sensitizing agents), theeffective amount may be less than when the agent is used alone.

If desired, the effective daily dose of the active compound may beadministered as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-dosesadministered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day,optionally, in unit dosage forms. Preferred dosing is one administrationper day.

The invention further provides a unit dosage form (such as a tablet orcapsule) comprising a tetrahydroquinoline or related compound describedherein (such as a compound of any one of Formulae I-IX or a specificcompound described herein, such as in Tables 1-6) in a therapeuticallyeffective amount for the treatment of an immune or inflammatorydisorder, such as one of the particular immune disorders or inflammatorydisorders described herein.

EXAMPLES

The invention now being generally described, will be more readilyunderstood by reference to the following examples, which are includedmerely for purposes of illustration of certain aspects and embodimentsof the present invention, and are not intended to limit the invention.

Example 1 Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-benzamide(4)

The title compound was prepared according to the synthetic proceduresdescribed in the following scheme and Parts I-III below.

Part I—Synthesis of 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-7-nitroquinoline (1)

1,2,3,4-Tetrahydroquinoline (26.8 g, 0.2 mol) was dissolved in 75 mL of96.6% sulfuric acid and cooled in a salt-ice bath to −10° C. Afterstirring for 30 min, 9.5 mL (0.2 mol) of 90% nitric acid in 40 mL ofsulfuric acid was added at such a rate that the temperature remained at−5 to −10° C. The reaction mixture was stirred in the ice bath for 3 hrand then poured onto ice. The solution was neutralized to pH 8 withsodium carbonate and the precipitate was filtered, washed with water,and dried to provide the title compound in crude form, which waspurified by column chromatography using a hexanes:ethyl acetate gradient(0-30%) to provide the title compound in pure form as an orange solid(21.4 g, 59% yield).

Part II—Synthesis of1-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (2)

Into a 250 mL sealed reaction vessel was combined1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-nitroquinoline (3 g, 0.017 mol),4-fluorobenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (6.61 g, 0.034 mol), and pyridine(15 mL). The mixture was heated at 80° C. for two hours, cooled, andwater (100 mL) was added to provide a mixture. This mixture wasextracted with dichloromethane (DCM) (3×20 mL) and the combined extractswere washed with water (3×20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and thesolvent was removed in vacuo to yield the title compound in crude form,which was purified by column chromatography using a hexanes:ethylacetate gradient (5-20%) to provide the title compound in pure form as ayellow solid (3.12 g, 55% yield).

Part III—Synthesis of1-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-ylamine (3)

Into a pressure vessel was combined1-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (2.4g, 0.007 mol), ethanol (10 mL) and dichloroethane (5 mL). A catalyticamount of palladium hydroxide (˜100 mg) was added to the pressurevessel, and then the vessel was filled with hydrogen and evacuated threetimes. Next, the vessel was pressurized to 50 psi with hydrogen andagitated for 1.5 hours, after which the mixture was filtered over celiteand concentrated to yield the title compound as an off white solid (1.97g, 92% yield) (M+H=307.3).

Part IV—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-yl]-benzamide(4)

Into a 20 mL reaction vessel was combined1-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolin-7-ylamine (0.1g, 0.3 mmol), dichloromethane (1 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine(0.078 g, 0.6 mmol). The compound 2-chloro-6-fluorobenzoyl chloride(0.064 g, 0.33 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction vessel. Theresultant mixture was allowed to stir for 15 minutes, after which thevolatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide the titlecompound in crude form. The crude compound was purified by columnchromatography using a hexanes:ethyl acetate gradient (10-50%) toprovide the title compound as a white solid (0.126 g, 91% yield)(M+H=463.2).

Example 2 Preparation of2-Chloro-N-[1-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl]-6-fluorobenzamide(5)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of1-(4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline

7-Nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (500 mg, 2.8 mmol),4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (700 mg, 3.3 mmol), and pyridine (1.5mL) were combined in a microwave vial (5 mL) and heated in a microwavereactor at 120° C. for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with1M HCl (aq) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×20 mL). The combined organicextracts were concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by columnchromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to afford1-(4-chlorobenzene-sulfonyl)-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline as asolid (630 mg, 59%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₁₅H₁₃ClN₂O₄S, 352; found (M+H),353.

Part II—Synthesis of1-(4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-ylamine

1-(4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (700 mg,2.0 mmol) and SnCl₂.2H₂O (1.4 g, 6.2 mmol) were suspended in EtOH (10mL) and stirred at 40° C. for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature,2M KOH (aq) (10 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was extractedwith CH₂Cl₂ (3×15 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried(Na₂SO₄), and concentrated under reduced pressure to give1-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-ylamine as acrude solid (600 mg). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₁₅H₁₅ClN₂O₂S, 322; found(M+H), 323.

Part III—Synthesis of2-Chloro-N-[1-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl]-6-fluorobenzamide

A solution of1-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-ylamine (50 mg,0.15 mmol), 2-chloro-6-fluorobenzoyl chloride (35 mg, 0.18 mmol), andN,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 0.055 mL, 0.32 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL)was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The resulting solution waspurified by HPLC to give2-chloro-N-[1-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl]-6-fluorobenzamide(36 mg, 50%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₂H₁₇Cl₂FN₂O₃S, 478; found (M+H), 479.

Example 3 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl]benzamide(6)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of 6-Methyl-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline

6-Methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (2.0 g, 14 mmol) was combined withH₂SO₄ (5 mL) and the resulting mixture was cooled to 0° C. After adropwise addition of a solution of HNO₃ (850 mg, 14 mmol) and H₂SO₄ (1.5mL) (combined at 0° C. and allowed to stir for 10 minutes), the reactionwas allowed to stir for 2 h. The reaction mixture was poured over iceand neutralized with aqueous NaHCO₃. The product was extracted withCH₂Cl₂ (3×30 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄,and concentrated under reduced pressure to give6-methyl-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline as the major isomer in a2:1 isomeric mixture (1.8 g). The mixture was used in the next stepwithout purification.

Part II—Synthesis of1-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-methyl-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline

6-Methyl-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (2.6 g, 14 mmol),4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (3.2 g, 16 mmol), and pyridine (4 mL)were combined in a microwave vial (10 mL) and heated in a microwavereactor at 120° C. for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was poured overa 1M HCl solution and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×20 mL). The combinedorganic extracts were concentrated under reduced pressure and purifiedby column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to afford1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-methyl-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolineas a solid.

Part III—Synthesis of1-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-ylamine

1-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-methyl-7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline(2.0 g, 5.7 mmol), 5% Pd/C (200 mg), and EtOH (30 mL) were agitatedunder a hydrogen atmosphere (30 p.s.i.) for 1 h using a Parr shaker. Theresulting mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated underreduced pressure to give1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-ylamine(1.7 g, 91%) as a solid. LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₁₆H₁₇FN₂O₂S, 320; found(M+H), 321.

Part IV—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl]benzamide

A solution of1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-ylamine(50 mg, 0.16 mmol), 2-chloro-6-fluorobenzoyl chloride (35 mg, 0.18mmol), and DIEA (0.055 mL, 0.32 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) was stirred atroom temperature for 3 h. The resulting solution was purified by HPLC togive2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl]-benzamide(27 mg, 36%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₃H₁₉ClF₂N₂O₃S, 476; found (M+H), 477.

Example 4 Preparation of Additional Tetrahydroquinoline Compounds

The compounds in Table 3 below were prepared based on the experimentalprocedures described in Examples 1-3 and in the detailed description.Starting materials can be obtained from commercial sources or readilyprepared from commercially available materials.

TABLE 3 Compound No. Chemical Structure III-1

III-2

III-3

III-4

III-5

III-6

III-7

III-8

III-9

III-10

III-11

III-12

III-13

III-14

III-15

III-16

III-17

III-18

III-19

III-20

III-21

III-22

III-23

III-24

III-25

III-26

III-27

III-28

III-29

III-30

III-31

III-32

III-33

III-34

III-35

III-36

III-37

III-38

III-39

III-40

III-41

III-42

III-43

III-44

III-45

III-46

III-47

III-48

III-49

III-50

III-51

III-52

III-53

III-54

III-55

III-56

III-57

III-58

III-59

III-60

III-61

III-62

III-63

III-64

III-65

III-66

III-67

III-68

III-69

III-70

III-71

III-72

III-73

III-74

III-75

III-76

III-77

III-78

III-79

III-80

III-81

III-82

III-83

III-84

III-85

III-86

III-87

III-88

III-89

III-90

III-91

III-92

III-93

III-94

III-95

III-96

III-97

III-98

III-99

III-100

III-101

III-102

III-103

III-104

III-105

III-106

III-107

III-108

III-109

III-110

III-111

III-112

III-113

III-114

III-115

III-116

III-117

III-118

III-119

III-120

III-121

III-122

III-123

III-124

III-125

III-126

III-127

III-128

III-129

III-130

III-131

III-132

III-133

III-134

III-135

III-136

III-137

III-138

III-139

III-140

III-141

III-142

III-143

III-144

III-145

III-146

III-147

III-148

III-149

III-150

III-151

III-152

III-153

III-154

III-155

III-156

III-157

III-158

III-159

III-160

III-161

III-162

III-163

III-164

III-165

III-166

III-167

III-168

III-169

III-170

III-171

III-172

III-173

III-174

Example 5 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl]benzamide(7) & Related Compounds

A solution of2-chloro-N-[1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl]-6-fluorobenzamide(100 mg, 0.2 mmol, Example 3) and KMnO₄ (130 mg, 0.82 mmol) in dioxane(1 mL) was stirred for 24 h at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas concentrated under reduced pressure and then suspended in aH₂O/acetone solution (50:1, 5 mL). The remaining purple colordisappeared after 10 minutes and the aqueous layer was extracted withEtOAc (3×5 mL). The product was purified by column chromatography(EtOAc/hexanes) and followed by HPLC purification to give2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-4-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-7-yl]-benzamide(23 mg, 24%). ¹H NMR 250 MHz CDCl₃ δ 8.1-7.7 (m, 5H), 7.5-7.0 (m, 5H),4.23 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 4.67 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H). LCMS (ESI): calcd.C₂₂H₁₅ClF₂N₂O₄S, 476; found (M+H), 477.

The compounds in Table 4 below were prepared based on the aboveprocedure. Starting materials can be obtained from commercial sources orreadily prepared from commercially available materials.

TABLE 4 Compound No. Chemical Structure IV-1

IV-2

Example 6 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide(8)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of 2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide

To a suspension of 6-aminoindazole (1 g, 7.5 mmol) and DIEA (4 mL) inCH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-6-fluorobenzoyl chloride (2.9 g, 15mmol) dropwise at −10° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 h atroom temperature and was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1M HCl, aqueousNaHCO₃, and brine. The organic extract was dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude mixture of themono-acylation and bis-acylation products. To the product mixture in THF(20 mL) was added 2M LiOH (aq) (10 mL) and the reaction was stirred for12 h at 60° C. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressureand the remaining aqueous mixture was acidified to pH 4 with 1M HCl(aq). The resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL), and theorganic extracts were dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated under reducedpressure to give 2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide (1.3 g,60%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₁₄H₉ClFN₃O, 289; found (M+H), 290.

Part II—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide

A solution of 2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide (29 mg,0.10 mmol) and 4-fluorobenzene-sulfonyl chloride (39 mg, 0.20 mmol) inCH₂Cl₂ (0.200 mL) and pyridine (0.200 mL) was stirred for 12 h at 60° C.The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolvedin DMSO and purified by HPLC to afford2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide.LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₀H₁₂ClF₂N₃O₃S, 447; found (M+H), 448.

Example 7 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-vinyl-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide(9)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(3-iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide

To a suspension of 2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide (600mg, 2.1 mmol) and KOH (210 mg, 3.8 mmol) in dioxane (6 mL) and H₂O(0.600 mL) was added I₂ (630 mg, 2.5 mmol) and the reaction was stirredat 60° C. for 1 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature anddiluted with H₂O (20 mL). The resulting light brown solid was filteredand dried under reduced pressure to give2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(3-iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide (850 mg, 97%).LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₁₄H₈ClFIN₃O, 415; found (MAI), 416.

Part II—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(3-vinyl-1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide

A suspension of 2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(3-iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide(200 mg, 0.48 mmol), tributyl(vinyl)tin (210 mg, 0.67 mmol), andbis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (34 mg, 0.048 mmol) intoluene (6 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 4 h. The reaction wasconcentrated under reduced pressure and purified by columnchromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to give2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(3-vinyl-1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide (90 mg,contaminated with organic tin byproducts). This mixture was used in thenext step without further purification. LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₁₆H₁₁ClFN₃O,315; found (M+H), 316.

Part III—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-vinyl-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide

A solution of 2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(3-vinyl-1H-indazol-6-yl)benzamide (90mg, 0.29 mmol) and 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (110 mg,0.43 mmol) in pyridine (2 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) was stirred for 12 h at65° C. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and washedwith 1M HCl (aq), saturated NaHCO₃ (aq), and brine. The organic extractswere dried (Na₂SO₄), concentrated under reduced pressure, and purifiedby column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to give2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-vinyl-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide(125 mg, contaminated with organic tin byproducts). A small portion (5mg) was successfully purified by HPLC while the rest was used in thenext reaction without further purification. LCMS (ESI): calcd.C₂₃H₁₄ClF₄N₃O₃S, 523; found (M+H), 524.

Example 8 Preparation of2-Chloro-N-[3-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]-6-fluorobenzamide(10)

To a solution of2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-vinyl-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide(120 mg, 0.23 mmol) in THF/acetone/H₂O (1:1:1, 1.2 mL) was addedN-methylmorpholine-N-oxide (NMO, 40 mg, 0.31 mmol) and OsO₄ (2.5 wt %solution in t-BuOH, 0.320 mL). The reaction was stirred for 3 h at roomtemperature. Sodium bisulfite (260 mg, 2.3 mmol) in H₂O (6 mL) was addedand the solution was stirred for 10 minutes. The solution was dilutedwith brine and the product was extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). Theorganic extracts were dried (Na₂SO₄), concentrated under reducedpressure, and purified by column chromatography (EtOAc, hexanes) to give2-chloro-N-[3-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]-6-fluorobenzamide(70 mg, 55%). ¹H NMR 250 MHz CDCl₃ (with 5% CD₃OD) δ 8.49 (d, J=1.6 Hz,1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79(d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J=8.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (t, 8.3 Hz, 1H),7.34 (td, 8.0, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (t, J=8.3 Hz,1H), 5.03 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H). LCMS (ESI): calcd.C₂₃H₁₆ClF₄N₃O₅S, 557; found (M+H), 558.

Example 9 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[3-hydroxymethyl-1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzene-sulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide(11)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[3-formyl-1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide

To a solution of2-chloro-N-[3-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]-6-fluorobenzamide(60 mg, 0.11 mmol) in THF (0.200 mL) and THF/acetone/H₂O (1:1:1, 2 mL)was added NaIO₄ (40 mg, 0.2 mmol). The reaction was stirred at roomtemperature for 12 h. Brine was added and the product was extracted withEtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic extracts were dried (Na₂SO₄) andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[3-formyl-1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide(35 mg, crude). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₂H₁₂ClF₄N₃O₄S, 525; found (M+H),526.

Part II—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[3-hydroxymethyl-1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzene-sulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide

2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[3-formyl-1-(3-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]benzamide(30 mg, 0.06 mmol) and NaBH₄ (10 mg, 0.26 mmol) were dissolved inMeOH/THE (1:2, 1 mL) and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Theorganic solvents were removed and the product was purified by columnchromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to give2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[3-hydroxymethyl-1-(3-trifluoro-methylbenzenesulfonyl)-1H-indazol-6-ylbenzamide(20 mg, 60%). ¹H NMR 250 MHz CDCl₃ (with 5% CD₃OD) δ 8.50 (d, J=1.6 Hz,1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.63(dd, J=8.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (t, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (td, 8.2, 6.0 Hz,1H), 7.22 (d, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (s, 2H). LCMS(ESI): calcd. C₂₂H₁₄ClF₄N₃O₄S, 527; found (M+H), 528.

Example 10 Preparation of Additional Indazole Compounds

The compounds in Table 5 below were prepared based on the experimentalprocedures described in Examples 6-9 and in the detailed description.Starting materials can be obtained from commercial sources or readilyprepared from commercially available materials.

TABLE 5 Compound No. Chemical Structure V-1

V-2

V-3

V-4

V-5

V-6

V-7

V-8

V-9

V-10

V-11

V-12

V-13

V-14

V-15

V-16

V-17

V-18

V-19

V-20

V-21

V-22

V-23

V-24

V-25

V-26

V-27

V-28

V-29

V-30

V-31

V-32

V-33

V-34

V-35

V-36

V-37

V-38

V-39

V-40

V-41

V-42

V-43

V-44

V-45

V-46

V-47

V-48

V-49

V-50

V-51

V-52

V-53

V-54

V-55

V-56

V-57

V-58

V-59

V-60

V-61

V-62

V-63

V-64

V-65

V-66

V-67

V-68

V-69

V-70

V-71

V-72

V-73

V-74

V-75

V-76

V-77

V-78

V-79

V-80

V-81

V-82

V-83

V-84

V-85

V-86

V-87

V-88

V-89

V-90

V-91

V-92

V-93

V-94

V-95

V-96

V-97

V-98

V-99

V-100

V-101

V-102

V-103

V-104

V-105

V-106

V-107

V-108

V-109

V-110

V-111

V-112

V-113

V-114

V-115

V-116

V-117

V-118

V-119

V-120

V-121

V-122

V-123

V-124

V-125

V-126

V-127

V-128

V-129

V-130

V-131

V-132

V-133

V-134

V-135

V-136

V-137

V-138

V-139

V-140

V-141

V-142

V-143

V-144

V-145

V-146

V-147

V-148

V-149

V-150

V-151

V-152

V-153

V-154

V-155

V-156

V-157

V-158

V-159

V-160

V-161

V-162

V-163

V-164

V-165

V-166

V-167

V-168

V-169

V-170

V-171

Example 11 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[7-fluoro-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methoxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-yl]benzamide(12)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis ofN-(2,4-Difluoro-5-nitrophenyl)-4-fluorobenzenesulfonamide

p-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (0.52 g, 2.7 mmol) was added to asolution of 2,4-difluoro-5-nitrophenylamine (0.31 g, 1.77 mmol) inpyridine (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 1 h. Thereaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with 1M HCland then brine (1×10 mL) to provide an organic extract. The organicextract was dried (MgSO₄), concentrated under reduce pressure, andpurified by column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to affordN-(2,4-difluoro-5-nitrophenyl)-4-fluorobenzenesulfonamide (0.30 g, 52%).¹H NMR 250 MHz CDCl₃ δ 8.35 (t, J=7.75 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.89 (m, 2H),7.16-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.97-7.05 (m, 1H).

Part II—Synthesis of7-Fluoro-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methoxymethyl-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine

Glycidyl methyl ether (64 mg, 0.72 mmol) was added to a solution ofpotassium carbonate (66 mg, 0.48 mmol) andN-(2,4-difluoro-5-nitrophenyl)-4-fluorobenzenesulfonamide (40 mg, 0.12mmol) in CH₃CN (0.7 mL). The reaction mixture was heated in a microwavereactor at 140° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc(50 mL) and washed with H₂O (1×10 mL) and brine (1×10 mL) to provide anorganic extract. The organic extract was dried (MgSO₄) and concentratedunder reduced pressure to provide the crude product, which was purifiedby chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to afford7-fluoro-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methoxymethyl-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine(20 mg, 42%). ¹H NMR 250 MHz CDCl₃ δ 8.62 (d, J=7.75 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.78(m, 2H), 7.18-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (dd, J=2.5,14.75 Hz, 1H), 3.66-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, J=2.5, 7.75 Hz, 1H), 3.37(s, 3H).

Part III—Synthesis of7-Fluoro-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methoxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-6-ylamine

7-Fluoro-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methoxymethyl-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine(20 mg, 0.05 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (5 mg) were suspended in ethanol (25 mL)and agitated under a hydrogen atmosphere (60 p.s.i.) for 2 h. Thereaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure toyield7-fluoro-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methoxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-6-ylamine(15 mg, 80%), which was used in the next step without purification. LCMS(ESI): calcd. C₁₆H₁₆F₂N₂O₄S, 370.38; found (M+H), 371.

Part IV—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[7-fluoro-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methoxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-yl]benzamide

2-Chloro-6-fluorobenzoyl chloride (0.02 mL, 0.15 mmol) anddiisopropylethylamine (0.05 mL, 0.17 mmol) were added to7-fluoro-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methoxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-6-ylamine(15 mg, 0.040 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL). The reaction was stirred at roomtemperature 1 h and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crudeproduct was purified by HPLC to afford2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[7-fluoro-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methoxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-yl]benzamide.LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₃H₁₈ClF₃N₂O₅S, 526.92; found (M+H), 527.

Example 12 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[(S)-4-(4-fluorobenzesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2Hbenzo[1,4]oxazine-6-yl]-benzamide(13)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of(S)-4-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2Hbenzo[1,4]oxazine

(S)-Propylene oxide (0.37 mL, 5.3 mmol) was added to a mixture of4-fluoro-N-(2-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl)-benzenesulfonamide (0.559 g, 1.78mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.98 g, 7.1 mmol) in CH₃CN (5 mL). Thereaction mixture was heated in a microwave reactor at 140° C. for 2 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with H₂O(1×10 mL) and brine (1×10 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated underreduced pressure to provide the crude product, which was purified bychromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to yield(S)-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2Hbenzo[1,4]oxazine(0.32 g, 51%). ¹H NMR 250 MHz CDCl₃ δ 8.73 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd,J=2.5, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, J=9.0Hz, 1H), 4.30 (dd, J=2.25, 14.25 Hz, 1H), 3.72-380 (m, 1H), 3.13 (dd,J=9.75, 14.25 Hz, 1H), 1.33 (d, J=6.35 Hz, 3H).

Part II—Synthesis(S)-4-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-ylamine

(S)-4-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2Hbenzo[1,4]oxazine(0.32 g, 0.91 mmol) was hydrogenated over 10% Pd/C (30 mg) at 60 psi inethanol (50 mL) for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product (0.29 g,99%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₁₅H₁₅FN₂O₃S, 322.36; found (M+H), 323.

Part III—Synthesis2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[(S)-4-(4-fluorobenzesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2Hbenzo[1,4]oxazine-6-yl]-benzamide

2-Chloro-6-fluorobenzoyl chloride was added to a solution ofdiisopropylethylamine (0.020 mL, 0.15 mmol) and(S)-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-ylamine(20 mg, 0.062 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirredat room temperature for 3 h, and the crude product was purified by HPLCto afford2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[(S)-4-(4-fluorobenzesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2Hbenzo[1,4]oxazine-6-yl]-benzamide.LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₂H₁₇ClF₂N₂O₄S, 478.91; found (M+H), 479.

Example 13 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl-2-methylaminomethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-yl]benzamide(14)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of2-[4-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-2-ylmethyl]isoindole-1,3-dione

N-(2,3-Epoxypropyl)phthalimide (3.9 g, 19 mmol) was added to a solutionof 4-fluoro-N-(2-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl)-benzenesulfonamide (1.99 g, 6.3mmol) and potassium carbonate (3.5 g, 25 mmol) in CH₃CN (12 mL). Thereaction mixture was heated in a microwave reactor at 140° C. for 3 h.Then, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (150 mL) and washedwith H₂O (1×20 mL) and brine (1×10 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentratedunder reduced pressure to provide the crude product, which was purifiedby column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to yield2-[4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-2-ylmethyl]isoindole-1,3-dione(1.30 g, 41%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₃H₂₆FN₃O₇S, 497.46; found(M+H+DMSO), 577.

Part II—Synthesis of[4-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-2-ylmethyl]-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester

Hydrazine hydrate (0.38 mL, 7.7 mmol) was added to a solution of2-[4-(4-fluorobenzene-sulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-2-ylmethyl]isoindole-1,3-dione(0.775 g, 1.55 mmol) in methanol (20 mL). The reaction mixture washeated at 80° C. for 30 minutes. Then, the reaction mixture was dilutedwith EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with H₂O (1×20 mL) and brine (1×10 mL),dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield thecrude amine.

Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.0 g, 4.6 mmol) was added to a solution ofthe crude amine in CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirredat room temperature for 1 h. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to give[4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-2-ylmethyl]-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester (0.481 g, 66%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₀H₂₂FN₃O₇S,467.48; found (M+H), 468.

Part III—Synthesis of[4-4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-2-ylmethyl]methylcarbamicacid tert-butyl ester

To a solution of[4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-2-ylmethyl]-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester (75 mg, 0.16 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added methyliodide (0.05 mL, 0.80 mmol) and sodium hydride (15 mg, 0.38 mmol) in asuccessive manner. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature1 h. Then, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) andwashed with 1M HCl (1×5 mL) and brine (1×5 mL), dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated under reduced pressure provide the crude product, which waspurified by chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to yield[4-4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-2-ylmethyl]methylcarbamicacid tert-butyl ester (52 mg, 66%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₁H₂₄FN₃O₇S,481.50; found (M+H), 482.

Part IV—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methylaminomethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-yl]benzamide

[4-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-2-ylmethyl]methyl-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester (52 mg, 0.11 mmol) was hydrogenated at 60 psi over10% Pd/C (5 mg) in ethanol (40 mL). The catalyst was removed byfiltration and the reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to yield the crude amine.

To a solution of the crude amine in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) was added2-chloro-6-fluorobenzoyl chloride (0.02 mL, 0.15 mmol) and DIEA (0.05mL, 0.17 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 1 h. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to yield the crude amide.

The crude amide was subjected to trifluoroacetic acid (TFA, 2 mL) atroom temperature for 1 h and then the crude product was purified by HPLCto afford2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-[4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-2-methylaminomethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-yl]benzamide.LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₃H₂₀ClF₂N₃O₄S, 507.95; found (M+H), 509.

Example 14 Preparation of2-Chloro-N-[2-ethoxymethyl-4-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-yl]-6-trifluoromethyl-benzamide(15)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of2-Ethoxymethyl-4-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine

4-Fluoro-N-(2-fluoro-5-nitro-phenyl)-benzenesulfonamide (300 mg, 0.95mmol), K₂CO₃ (265 mg, 1.92 mmol), and ethyl glycidyl ether (105 mg, 1.43mmol) were suspended in DMF (2 mL) and heated at 100° C. for 16 h. Uponreaction completion, the solution was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and H₂O(20 mL). The organic layer was washed with 1M K₂CO₃ (10 mL) and brine (5mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield2-ethoxymethyl-4-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]-oxazine(420 mg, 98.9%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₁₇H₁₇FN₂O₆S, 396; found (M+DMSO+H),475.

Part II—Synthesis of2-Ethoxymethyl-4-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-ylamine

2-Ethoxymethyl-4-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine(420 mg, 0.94 mmol) and 5 nCl₂.2H₂O (842 mg, 3.76 mmol) were dissolvedin EtOH (10 mL) and heated to 70° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature and 2 g of celite was added. The resultingsuspension was stirred, and saturated NaHCO₃ (aq) was added to thevigorously stirring suspension until the pH was basic. Next, the mixturewas filtered through celite followed by EtOAc washes. The resultingsolution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give2-ethoxymethyl-4-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-ylamine(246 mg, 71.5%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₁₇H₁₉FN₂O₄S, 366; found (M+H), 367.

Part III—Synthesis of2-Chloro-N-[2-ethoxymethyl-4-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-yl]-6-trifluoromethyl-benzamide

To a solution of2-ethoxymethyl-4-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-ylamine(10 mg, 0.027 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (0.300 mL) was added2-chloro-6-trifluoromethyl-benzoyl chloride (0.0060 mL, 0.032 mmol) andDIEA (0.0055 mL, 0.032 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 30 minutes. Upon reaction completion, the organicsolvent was evaporated using a stream of nitrogen and the resultingresidue was directly purified by HPLC purification to obtain2-chloro-N-[2-ethoxymethyl-4-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-yl]-6-trifluoromethyl-benzamide(5 mg, 34%). LCMS (ESI): calcd. C₂₅H₂₁ClF₄N₂O₅S, 572; found (M+H), 573.

Example 15 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)benzamide(16)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of Ethyl 2-(4-bromo-2-nitrophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoate

To ethyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (2.74 mL, 20.5 mmol) in anhydroustetrahydrofuran (40 mL) at 0° C. was added 15-crown-5 (54 μL, 0.27 mmol)followed by the portionwise addition of 60% sodium hydride in mineraloil (0.82 g, 20.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for10 minutes then a solution of 1-bromo-4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzene (3.0 g,13.6 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added. Next, thereaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours, then allowed to warmto ambient temperature. After 1 hour the reaction was quenched withwater (100 mL), acidified with 1M hydrogen chloride (25 mL), andextracted with ethyl acetate to provide an organic extract. The organicextract was washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product, which was purifiedby column chromatography (eluting with a gradient of 0-20% ethyl acetatein hexanes) to yield the title compound (4.15 g, 92% yield).

Part II—Synthesis of6-Bromo-2,2-dimethyl-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-3(4H)-one

To a solution of ethyl 2-(4-bromo-2-nitrophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoate(4.15 g, 12.5 mmol) in acetic acid (40 mL) was added powdered iron (3.5g, 62.5 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 5hours. Next, the suspension was cooled, and then filtered through celitewashing with ethyl acetate. The filtrates were washed with water,saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, andfiltered and concentrated in the presence of silica to provide the crudeproduct, which was purified by column chromatography (eluting with agradient of 2-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide the titlecompound. (2.46 g, 77% yield).

Part III—Synthesis of6-Bromo-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine

To a solution of 6-bromo-2,2-dimethyl-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-3(4H)-one(2.46 g, 9.6 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) under a nitrogenatmosphere was added a 10M solution of borane dimethyl sulfide complexin tetrahydrofuran (3.8 mL, 38.4 mmol) slowly. The resulting solutionwas refluxed for 2 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled toambient temperature and carefully quenched with the addition of methanol(10 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 10 minutes, andthen the mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo to provide thecrude product. The crude product was redissolved in ethyl acetate,washed with water, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuo to yield title compound (2.29 g, 98% yield).

Part IV—Synthesis of6-Bromo-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine

To a solution of6-bromo-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine (1.7 g, 7.0mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added pyridine (1.14 mL, 14.0 mmol)followed by 4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.64 g, 8.4 mmol). Next, acatalytic amount of 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (˜10 mg) was added to thereaction mixture, and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature overnight. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated invacuo to provide a residue, which was redissolved in ethyl acetate,washed with 1M hydrogen chloride, brine, dried with sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography (eluting with agradient of 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide the titlecompound (2.05 g, 73% yield).

Part V—Synthesis of4-((4-Fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-amine

A suspension of6-bromo-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine(2.05 g, 5.1 mmol), benzophenone imine (1.1 g, 6.2 mmol), cesiumcarbonate (2.5 g, 7.7 mmol), and2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (0.12 g, 0.26mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (24 mL) was evacuated under vacuum andrefilled with nitrogen three times. To the reaction flask was addedtris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.23 g, 0.26 mmol), then thereaction vessel was purged again. Next, the reaction mixture was heatedto 110° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted withethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried with sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting mixture was dissolvedin tetrahydrofuran (30 mL), 6M hydrogen chloride (15 mL) was added toproduce a mixture that was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour,then at 50° C. for 1 hour. Next, the mixture mixture was cooled, dilutedwith ethyl acetate, washed carefully with sat. sodium bicarbonate,brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo toprovide the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography(eluting with a gradient of 10-70% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to providethe title compound (0.97 g, 56% yield).

Part VI—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)benzamide

To a solution of4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-amine(215 mg, 0.64 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.22 mL, 1.3 mmol) followed by the additionof 2-fluoro-6-chlorobenzoyl chloride (0.1 mL, 0.77 mmol). The reactionmixture was shaken at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Then, the reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1M hydrogenchloride, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuo to provide the crude product, which was purified by columnchromatography (eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in hexanes) toprovide the title compound (167 mg, 53% yield). ESI m/z 514.97, 516.94(M+Na+H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.65 (s, 1H), 8.09 (m, 3H), 7.52(m, 1H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 3.75(s, 2H), 1.27 (s, 6H).

Example 16 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)benzamide(17)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of Methyl 2-(4-bromo-2-nitrophenoxy)acetate

To a flask containing acetone (20 mL) was sequentially added4-bromo-2-nitrophenol (1 g, 4.6 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.76 g, 5.5mmol), and methyl bromoacetate (0.47 mL, 5.1 mmol). The resultingmixture was refluxed overnight, and then the mixture was cooled,partitioned between ethyl acetate and water, separated, washed withsaturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filteredand concentrated in vacuo to yield title compound. The compound was usedin Part II below further without purification. (1.3 g, 100% yield).

Part II—Synthesis of 6-Bromo-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-3(4H)-one

To a solution of methyl 2-(4-bromo-2-nitrophenoxy)acetate (1.3 g, 4.5mmol) in acetic acid (15 mL) was added powdered iron (1.25 g, 22.4mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 4 hours, then themixture was cooled. Next, the mixture was filtered through celite,washing with ethyl acetate. The filtrates were washed with water,saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filteredand concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product, which waspurified by column chromatography (eluting with a gradient of 20-100%ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide the title compound (0.79 g, 77%yield).

Part III—Synthesis of 6-Bromo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine

To a solution of 6-bromo-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-3(4H)-one (400 mg, 1.75mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) under a nitrogen atmospherewas added a 1M solution of borane dimethyl sulfide complex intetrahydrofuran (7.0 mL, 7.0 mmol) slowly. The resulting solution wasrefluxed for 3 hours. Then, the reaction mixture was cooled to ambienttemperature and carefully quenched with the addition of methanol (10mL). Next, the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 10 minutes, andthen the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo toprovide a residue. The residue was redissolved in ethyl acetate, washedwith water, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentratedin vacuo to yield title compound. The title compound was used in Part IVbelow without purification. (350 mg, 93% yield) ESI m/z 214.03, 216.0(M+H).

Part IV—Synthesis of6-Bromo-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine

To a solution of 6-bromo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine (350 mg,1.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added pyridine (0.53 mL, 6.5mmol) followed by 4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (0.38 g, 2.0 mmol).The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours.Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to provide aresidue, which was redissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with 1M hydrogenchloride, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified bycolumn chromatography (eluting with a gradient of 0-30% ethyl acetate inhexanes) to provide the title compound (0.49 g, 81% yield).

Part V—Synthesis of4-((4-Fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-amine

To anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) under nitrogen was added6-bromo-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine(100 mg, 0.27 mmol), benzophenone imine (58 mg, 0.32 mmol), cesiumcarbonate (131 mg, 0.40 mmol), and2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (6 mg, 0.01 mmol),followed by tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (12 mg, 0.01 mmol).The reaction mixture was heated to 100° C. for 4 hours. Then, thereaction mixture was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed withwater, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuo to provide the crude imine intermediate compound, which waspurified by column chromatography (eluting with a gradient of 10-70%ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide the imine intermediate compound (80mg) in purified form.

Next, the imine intermediate compound was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran(2 mL), 6M hydrogen chloride (0.14 mL) as added to the mixture of imineintermediate compound and THF. The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 1 hour. Then, the reaction mixture was cooled,diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with sat. sodium bicarbonate, brine,dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yieldtitle compound (52 mg, 63% yield) ESI m/z 309.00 (M+H).

Part VI—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(4-((4-fluorophenypsulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)benzamide

To a solution of4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-amine(52 mg, 0.17 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (59 μL, 0.34 mmol) followed by the addition of2-fluoro-6-chlorobenzoyl chloride (27 μL, 0.20 mmol). The reactionmixture was shaken at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Then, the reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1M hydrogenchloride, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified bycolumn chromatography (eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate inhexanes) to provide the title compound (43 mg, 54% yield) ESI m/z486.96, 488.96 (M+Na+H); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.72 (s, 1H), 8.08(s, 1H), 7.81 (m, 2H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.34 (m, 5H), 6.81 (d, 1H),3.89 (m, 2H), 3.77 (m, 2H).

Example 17 Preparation of(R)-2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)benzamide(18)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of4-Fluoro-N-(2-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of 2-fluoro-5-nitroaniline (10 g, 64 mmol) in anhydrouspyridine (50 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (13 g, 67 mmol) and the reactionmixture was heated to 60° C. for 4 hours. Next, solvent was mostlyremoved in vacuo from the reaction mixture, and the resulting solutionwas diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, 1M hydrogen chloride,brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo toyield title compound which was used further without purification (20.1g, 99% yield).

Part II—Synthesis of(R)-(4-((4-Fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-2-yl)methanol

In three separate microwave tubes was combined4-fluoro-N-(2-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl)benzenesulfonamide (2 g, 6.3 mmol),potassium carbonate (1.3 g, 9.5 mmol) and (S)-glycidol (3 mL, 15 mmol)in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL). The resulting mixture was heated in amicrowave at 140° C. for 2 hours. Next, the three separate, cooledreactions were combined, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water,brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo toprovide the crude product. The crude product was purified by columnchromatograph (eluting with a gradient of 20-80% ethyl acetate inhexanes) to provide the title compound (4.6 g, 65% yield).

Part III—Synthesis of(R)-(6-Amino-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-2-yl)methanol

In a three necked flask equipped with a condenser, a suspension of(R)-(4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-2-yl)methanol(4.6 g, 12.5 mmol) and ammonium formate (3.9 g, 62.4 mmol) in methanol(40 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere wasevacuated under vacuum and refilled with nitrogen three times beforeadding 10% palladium on carbon (700 mg). The resulting suspension wasrefluxed for 1 hour then cooled to ambient temperature. Next, thesuspension was filtered through celite, and concentrated in vacuo toprovide a concentrate. The concentrate was then partitioned betweenethyl acetate and brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound which was used furtherwithout purification (4.1 g, 97% yield).

Part IV—Synthesis of(R)-2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)benzamide

To a solution of(R)-(6-amino-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-2-yl)methanol(3.9 g, 11.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 mL) was added pyridine (0.98mL, 12.1 mmol), cooled to 0° C., then added 2-chloro-6-fluorobenzoylchloride (1.5 mL, 11.5 mmol) dropwise. Next, the cooling bath was removeand the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30minutes. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to providea concentrate, which was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1Mhydrogen chloride, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. The crude productwas purified by column chromatography (eluting with a gradient of 0.5-3%methanol in dichloromethane) to provide the title compound (5.2 g, 91%yield). ESI m/z 516.97, 518.92 (M+Na+H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ10.74 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.34 (m,5H), 6.83 (d, 1H), 5.04 (br m, 1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.3 (m, 4H).

Example 18 Preparation of(S)-2-Chloro-N-(2-(cyanomethyl)-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide(19)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of(R)-(6-(2-Chloro-6-fluorobenzamido)-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-2-yl)methylmethanesulfonate

To(R)-2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)benzamide(300 mg, 0.61 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at 0° C. was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.21 mL, 1.2 mmol) followed bymethanesulfonic anhydride (158 mg, 0.91 mmol). Next, the cooling bathwas removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperatureovernight. Then, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate,washed with 1M hydrogen chloride, brine, dried with sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield title compound, which wasused in the next reaction without further purification (360 mg, quant.yield).

Part II—Synthesis of(S)-2-Chloro-N-(2-(cyanomethyl)-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide

To(R)-(6-(2-chloro-6-fluorobenzamido)-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-2-yl)methylmethanesulfonate (50 mg, 0.09 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL)was added potassium cyanide (11 mg, 0.17 mmol). The resulting mixturewas shaken at 50° C. overnight. Then, the reaction mixture was purifiedby preparatory HPLC to yield the title compound (10 mg, 23% yield).

Example 19 Preparation of(R)-2-Chloro-N-(4-((3-cyanophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide(20)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis of 3-Cyano-N-(2-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of 2-fluoro-5-nitroaniline (4 g, 25.6 mmol) in anhydrouspyridine (25 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added3-cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride (5.7 g, 28.2 mmol). The resultingmixture was heated to 60° C. for 4 hours. Then, the solvent was mostlyremoved in vacuo, the resulting oil was diluted with ethyl acetate,washed with water, 1M hydrogen chloride, brine, dried with sodiumsulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield title compoundwhich was used further without purification (7.16 g, 87% yield).

Part II—Synthesis of(R)-3-((2-(Hydroxymethyl)-6-nitro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)-yl)sulfonyl)benzonitrile

In two separate microwave tubes was combined3-cyano-N-(2-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl)benzenesulfonamide (2 g, 6.2 mmol),potassium carbonate (1.7 g, 12.5 mmol) and (S)-glycidol (1.24 mL, 18.5mmol) in acetonitrile (8 mL). The reaction mixture was heated in amicrowave at 140° C. for 40 minutes. Then, the two separate, cooledreactions were combined, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water,brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo toprovide the crude product. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography (eluting with a gradient of 30-100% ethyl acetate inhexanes) to provide title compound (1.2 g, 26% yield).

Part III—Synthesis of(R)-3-((6-Amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)-yl)sulfonyl)benzonitrile

In a three-necked flask equipped with a condenser, a suspension of(R)-3-((2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-nitro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)-yl)sulfonyl)benzonitrile(440 mg, 1.2 mmol) and ammonium formate (370 mg, 5.9 mmol) in methanol(15 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was evacuated under vacuum andrefilled with nitrogen three times before adding 10% palladium on carbon(120 mg). The resulting suspension was heated to reflux for 3 hours, andthen cooled to ambient temperature. Next, the suspension was filteredthrough celite, then concentrated in vacuo to provide a concentrate. Theconcentrate was partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine, dried withsodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield titlecompound which was used further without purification (320 mg, 79%yield).

Part IV—Synthesis of(R)-2-Chloro-N-(4-((3-cyanophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide

To(R)-3-((6-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)-yl)sulfonyl)benzonitrile(550 mg, 1.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.28 mL, 1.6 mmol) followed by2-chloro-6-fluorobenzoyl chloride (0.21 mL, 1.6 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Then, thereaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1M hydrogenchloride, brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified twiceby column chromatography (eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate inhexanes) to provide the title compound (305 mg, 38% yield). ESI m/z523.81, 525.81 (M+Na+H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.73 (s, 1H), 8.30(s, 1H), 8.16 (m, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.04 (m, 1H), 7.78 (m, 1H), 7.52(m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, 2H), 6.84 (d, 1H), 5.05 (m, 1H), 4.34(m, 1H), 3.6-3.4 (m, 4H).

Example 20 Preparation of(S)-2-Chloro-N-(4-((3-cyanophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide(21)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part 1—Synthesis of(R)-(6-(2-Chloro-6-fluorobenzamido)-4-((3-cyanophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-2-yl)methylmethanesulfonate

To(R)-2-chloro-N-(4-((3-cyanophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide(100 mg, 0.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (52 μL, 0.3 mmol) followed by methanesulfonicanhydride (52 mg, 0.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred reactionat ambient temperature for 2 hours, then diluted with ethyl acetate,washed with 1M hydrogen chloride, brine, dried with sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield title compound as a crudemixture. (115 mg, 99% yield).

Part II—Synthesis of(S)-2-Chloro-N-(4-((3-cyanophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)-6-fluorobenzamide

To(R)-(6-(2-chloro-6-fluorobenzamido)-4-((3-cyanophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-2-yl)methylmethanesulfonate (58 mg, 0.1 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) wasadded pyrrolidine (30 μL, 0.36 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredat ambient temperature for 1 hour, then the reaction mixture was stirredat 60° C. for 1 hour. Analytical analysis indicated that a majority ofthe starting material remained Therefore, the reaction mixture wasstirred at 100° C. for 18 hours. Next, the reaction mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product, which was purifiedby preparatory HPLC to yield the title compound (10 mg, 18% yield). ESIm/z 554.93, 556.9 (M+H).

Example 21 Preparation of(R)-2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-(2-(fluoromethyl)-4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)benzamide(22)

To(R)-2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(4-((4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-6-yl)benzamide(60 mg, 0.12 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (2 mL) under a nitrogenatmosphere at 0° C. was added bis-(2-methoxyethyl)aminosulfurtrifluoride (0.02 mL, 0.12 mmol). Then, the cooling bath was removed andthe reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour.Next, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed withbrine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo toprovide the crude product. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography (eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in hexanes) toprovide the title compound (16 mg, 27% yield). ESI m/z 518.79, 520.80(M+Na+H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.76 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.85(m, 2H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.35 (m, 5H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 4.68 (m, 1H),4.57 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 2H).

Example 22 Preparation of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,5]oxazin-6-yl]benzamide(23)

The title compound was prepared according to the procedures describedbelow.

Part I—Synthesis ofN-2-(Allyloxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-fluorobenzensulfonamide

Sodium hydride (0.26 g, 6.6 mmol) was added to allyl alcohol (0.45 mL,6.6 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and stirred for 3 minutes.4-Fluoro-N-(2-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl)-benzenesulfonamide (0.42 g, 1.3mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours. Thereaction was quenched by adding 1M HCl (10 mL), and then the resultingmixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The organic extracts werewashed with brine (1×10 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to providethe crude product, which was purified by chromatography (SiO₂, eluentEtOAc/hexanes) to provide the title compound. Yield=76 mg (16%). ¹H NMR250 MHz CDCl₃ δ 8.39 (d, 1H, J=3.0 Hz), 7.93 (dd, 1H, J=2.75, 9.0 Hz),7.0-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.82 (d, 1H, J=9.0 Hz), 5.80-5.92(m, 1H), 5.22-5.34 (m, 2H), 4.52-4.55 (m, 2H).

Part II—Synthesis of4-Fluoro-N-(5-nitro-2-oxiranylmethoxyphenyl)-benzenesulfonamide

meta-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid (mCPBA; 83 mg, 0.34 mmol) was added to asolution of N-2-(allyloxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-fluorobenzensulfonamide (76mg, 0.22 mmol) in dichloroethane (DCE; 2 mL) and heated at reflux for 30min. Then, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (40 mL)and washed with Na₂S₂O₄ (10 mL), Na₂CO₃ (3×10 mL), and brine (10 mL) andconcentrated to provide the title compound. Yield=78 mg (97%). LCMS(ESI): calc. C₁₅H₁₃FN₂O₆S=368.34; obs. M+H=369.

Part III—Synthesis of[4-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-3-yl]methanol

K₂CO₃ (100 mg, 0.74 mmol) was added to4-fluoro-N-(5-nitro-2-oxiranylmethoxyphenyl)-benzenesulfonamide (70 mg,0.19 mmol) in CH₃CN (1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 140° C.by microwave irradiation for 40 min. Then, the reaction mixture wasdiluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (1×10 mL) and brine(1×10 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to provide the titlecompound. Yield=47 mg (70%). ¹H NMR 250 MHz CDCl₃ δ 8.81 (d, 1H, J=2.75Hz), 7.98 (dd, 1H, J=2.5, 9.0 Hz), 7.70-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.22 (m, 2H),6.94 (d, 1H, J=9.0 Hz), 4.35-4.50 (m, 1H), 4.39 (dd, 1H, J=1.5, 11.5Hz), 3.65-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.53 (dd, 1H, J=7.75 Hz, 11.25 Hz), 3.36 (dd,1H, J=3.0, 11.25 Hz).

Part IV—Synthesis of[6-Amino-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-3-yl]methanol

[4-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-3-yl]methanol(47 mg, 0.13 mmol) was hydrogenated at 60 psi over 10% Pd/C (5 mg) inethanol (30 mL) for 45 min. Then, the reaction mixture was filtered andconcentrated to provide the title compound. Yield=24 mg (55%). ¹H NMR250 MHz CDCl₃ 7.63-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, 1H, J=2.75 Hz), 7.09-7.16 (m,2H), 6.62 (d, 1H, J=8.75), 6.67 (dd, 1H, J=2.75, 8.75 Hz), 4.30-4.37 (m,1H), 4.01-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.12 (dd, 1H, J=3.25, 11.5Hz).

Part V—Synthesis of2-Chloro-6-fluoro-N-[4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-3-hydroxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,5]oxazin-6-yl]benzamide

2-Chloro-6-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (0.02 mL, 0.15 mmol) anddiisopropylethylamine (DIEA; 0.05 mL, 0.17 mmol) were added to[6-amino-4-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-3-yl]methanol(24 mg, 0.071 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL). Then, the reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 1 hr and then concentrated to providethe crude product, which was purified by HPLC to provide the titlecompound. LCMS (ESI): calc. C₂₂H₁₇ClF₂N₂O₅S=494.90; obs. M+H=495.

Example 23 Preparation of Additional Benzoxazine Compounds

The compounds in Table 6 below were prepared based on the experimentalprocedures described in Examples 11-22 and in the detailed description.Starting materials can be obtained from commercial sources or readilyprepared from commercially available materials.

TABLE 6 Com- pound No. Chemical Structure VI-1

VI-2

VI-3

VI-4

VI-5

VI-6

VI-7

VI-8

VI-9

VI-10

VI-11

VI-12

VI-13

VI-14

VI-15

VI-16

VI-17

VI-18

VI-19

VI-20

VI-21

VI-22

VI-23

VI-24

VI-25

VI-26

VI-27

VI-28

VI-29

VI-30

VI-31

VI-32

VI-33

VI-34

VI-35

VI-36

VI-37

VI-38

VI-39

VI-40

VI-41

VI-42

VI-43

VI-44

VI-45

VI-46

VI-47

VI-48

VI-49

VI-50

VI-51

VI-52

VI-53

VI-54

VI-55

VI-56

VI-57

VI-58

VI-59

VI-60

VI-61

VI-62

VI-63

VI-64

VI-65

VI-66

VI-67

VI-68

VI-69

VI-70

VI-71

VI-72

VI-73

VI-74

VI-75

VI-76

VI-77

VI-78

VI-79

VI-80

VI-81

VI-82

VI-83

VI-84

VI-85

VI-86

VI-87

VI-88

VI-89

VI-90

VI-91

VI-92

VI-93

VI-94

VI-95

VI-96

VI-97

VI-98

VI-99

VI- 100

VI- 101

VI- 102

VI- 103

VI- 104

VI- 105

VI- 106

VI- 107

VI- 108

VI- 109

VI- 110

VI- 111

VI- 112

VI- 113

VI- 114

VI- 115

VI- 116

VI- 117

VI- 118

VI- 119

VI- 120

VI- 121

VI- 122

VI- 123

VI- 124

VI- 125

VI- 126

VI- 127

VI- 128

VI- 129

VI- 130

VI- 131

VI- 132

VI- 133

VI- 134

VI- 135

VI- 136

Example 24 Biological Assays for Inhibition of RORγ

Exemplary compounds from Examples 1-23 were tested for ability toinhibit RORγ activity using a RORγ Reporter Assay and a RORγ-LigandBinding Domain TR-FRET Assay. Assay procedures and results are describedbelow.

Part 1—Procedures for RORγ Reporter Assay General Description

Inhibition of RORγt in cells was determined using a GAL4-UAS reportersystem in HEK293 cells employing a luciferase readout. The RORγt DNAbinding domain (DBD) was replaced with the heterologous yeast GAL4 DBDusing standard recombinant DNA methods. The resulting GAL4-RORγt-LBDfusion construct was placed under the control of a constitutivecytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter by cloning it into the CMV-drivenmammalian expression vector pcDNA3.1+− (Promega Corporation, Madison,Wis.).

A transcriptional reporter expression construct was used to monitorGAL4-RORγ activity, which contained five copies of the GAL4 binding siteenhancer (UAS) controlling expression of a firefly luciferase reporter.This construct, pGL4.31, is commercially available from PromegaCorporation, Madison Wis. Both expression constructs were transfected inbulk into HEK-293 cells using standard lipid-based transfectiontechniques, which allowed the GAL4 RORγ-LBD fusion protein to driveexpression of the luciferase reporter. Control transfections wereperformed with an empty pCDN3.1+ vector.

The next day, cells were plated into 384 well plates, test compound wasadded, and the plates were incubated overnight. Test compounds capableof blocking the GAL4-RORg fusion protein from initiating expression ofthe luciferase signal were identified. Promega firefly assays kits wereused to stabilize the luciferase signal, and the intensity of theluciferase signal was measured using an EnVision Multilabel Plate Reader(Perkin Elmer, Waltham, Mass.).

Detailed Description of the HEK293 Gal4 Rporter Assay

HEK 293 cells are transfected with GAL4-NR construct (CMV:NR-LBD inpcDNA3.1neo) and the pGL4.31 GAL4-luciferase reporter construct(Promega). For a background control, use empty pcDNA3.1neo and pGL4.31.Transfection protocol is for a single T75 flask performed with MinisTrans-It 293 reagent. A 60 μL aliquot of Trans-IT reagent at roomtemperature is added drop wise to 1.5 mL of Optimem (Invitrogen). Theresulting solution is mixed by inversion and incubated for 5-20 minutesat room temperature. This reagent mixture is added to 10 μg of DNA (5 μgof each expression vector used at a concentration of 1 mg/mL). Thesolution is mixed by inversion and incubated at room temperature for 20minutes.

While the Trans-IT reagent and DNA are incubating, harvest HEK-293cells. Remove media from flasks via aspiration and add enough TrypLEExpress (stable Trypsin-like reagent, Invitrogen) to cover the bottom ofthe flask. The mixture is incubated at room temperature until the cellsare visibly loose in the flask (approximately 2-5 minutes). Add an equalvolume of complete growth media, and then pipette to achieve a singlecell suspension. Spin down 1×10⁷ cells and re-suspend the cells in 10 mLof complete growth media (DMEM high glucose/10% dialyzed FBS/pen/strep;Invitrogen). The cells and transfection mixture are added to one T75flask. The contents of the T75 flax are mixed and incubated overnight at37° C. and 5% CO₂.

After 16-24 hours, cells are harvested and plated for test compoundscreening. Cells may be harvested as described above. Next, cells arecounted and an appropriate number of cells are spun down. Then, cellsare aspirated and re-suspended in complete growth media at aconcentration of 0.5×10⁶ cells/mL to provide a cell suspension. Plate 20μL of the cell suspension into a white, tissue-culture treated 384 wellplate. (10,000 cells/well).

A 10 mM stock solution of test compound in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) wasdiluted to 500× the final test concentration in DMSO, then diluted to 5×the final test concentration with complete growth medium to provide theTest Compound Solution. The concentration of DMSO in the Test CompoundSolution was 0.2%. A 5 μL aliquot of Test Compound Solution was added toeach test well in the 384 well plate previously plated with the cellsuspension. Next, plates are spun briefly and incubated overnight at 37°C. and 5% CO₂.

After 16-24 hours, the luciferase assay is performed. Plates andluciferase reagent (e.g. One-Glo® or Dual Glo®; Promega, Madison, Wis.)are brought to room temperature. Next, a 25 μL aliquot of luciferasereagent is added to each well. Plates are spun down briefly andincubated at room temperature for 10 minutes. The luciferase signal ismeasured on an Envision plate reader (Perkin Elmer) set to the ultrasensitive luminescence setting. IC₅₀ values for test compounds werecalculated from the luciferase signal data using GraphPad Prismsoftware.

Part II—Procedures for RORγ-Ligand Binding Domain TR-FRET Assay

HIS-tagged RORγ-LBD was recombinantly expressed in SF9 cells using abaculovirus expression system. The protein was not purified. Cells werelysed and the lysate was used as a source for RORγ-LBD for the assay. A1:80 dilution of RORγ-LBD lysate in assay buffer (25 mM HEPES pH 7.0,100 mM NaCl, 0.01% Tween, 0.1% BSA) was prepared and 5 μL was added toeach well (RORγ-LBD final concentration 10 nM). Control wells receivedlysate from SF9 cells not expressing RORγ-LBD.

Compounds to be tested were diluted to 100× final test concentration inDMSO and further diluted to 4× final test concentration using assaybuffer to provide the test compound mixture. An aliquot (5 μL) of thetest compound mixture was added to each well.

A 4× stock of biotinylated-LXXLL peptide from SRC1-2(Biotin-CPSSHSSLTERHKILHRLLQEGSPS) was prepared in assay buffer and a 5μL aliquot added to each well (450 nM final concentration). A 4×solution of europium tagged anti-HIS antibody (2 nM final concentration)and APC conjugated streptavidin (60 nM final concentration) wereprepared and a 5 μL aliquot added to each well.

The final assay mixture was incubated for 4 hours to overnight, and thefluorescence signal was measured on an Envision plate reader:(Excitation filter=340 nm; APC emission=665 nm; Europium emission=615nm; dichroic mirror=D400/D630; delay time=100 μs, integration time=200μs).

IC₅₀ values for test compounds were calculated from the quotient of thefluorescence signal at 665 nm divided by the fluorescence signal at 615nm using GraphPad Prism software.

Part III—Results

RORγ inhibition data for exemplary compounds is provided in Tables 7-9below. The term “NA” indicates that no data was available.

TABLE 7 RORγINHIBITION DATA FOR EXEMPLARY TETRAHYDROQUINOLINES CompoundRORγFRET IC₅₀ RORγHEK IC₅₀ No. (μM) (μM) 4 NA <15 5 NA <15 6 NA <15III-175 NA <15 III-176 NA <15 III-177 NA <15 III-178 NA <15 III-179 NA<15 III-180 NA <15 III-181 NA <15 III-182 NA <15 III-183 NA <15 III-184NA <15 III-185 NA <15 III-186 NA <15 III-187 NA <15 III-188 NA <15III-189 NA <15 III-190 NA <15 III-191 NA <15 III-192 NA <15 III-193 NA<15 III-194 NA <15 III-195 NA <15 III-196 NA <15 III-197 NA <15 III-198NA  15 III-199 NA <15 III-200 NA <15 III-201 NA <15 III-202 NA <15III-203 NA <15 III-204 NA <15 III-205 NA <15 III-206 NA <15 III-207 NA<15 III-208 NA <15 III-209 NA <15 III-210 NA <15 III-211 NA <15 III-212NA <15 III-213 NA <15 III-214 NA <15 III-215 NA <15 III-216 NA <15III-217 NA <15 III-218 NA <15 III-219 NA <15 III-220 NA >15 III-221NA >15 III-222 NA <15 III-223 NA <15 III-224 NA <15 III-225 NA <15III-226 NA <15 III-227 NA <15 III-228 NA <15 III-229 NA <15 III-230 NA<15 III-231 NA <15 III-232 NA >15 III-233 NA <15 III-234 NA >15 III-235NA >15 III-236 NA <15 III-237 NA <15 III-238 NA <15 III-239 NA <15III-240 NA <15 III-241 NA <15 III-242 NA >15 III-243 NA <15 III-244 NA<15 III-245 NA <15 III-246 NA <15 III-247 NA <15 III-248 NA <15 III-249NA <15 III-250 NA <15 III-251 NA >15 III-252 NA <15 III-253 NA <15III-254 NA <15 III-255 NA <15 III-256 NA <15 III-257 NA <15 III-258 NANA III-259 NA <15 III-260 NA <15 III-261 NA <15 III-262 NA <15 III-263NA <15 III-264 NA <15 III-265 NA <15 III-266 NA <15 III-267 NA <15III-268 NA <15 III-269 NA <15 III-270 NA <15 III-271 NA <15 III-272 NA<15 III-273 NA <15 III-274 NA <15 III-275 NA <15 III-276 NA <15 III-277NA >15 III-278 NA >15 III-279 NA >15 III-280 NA >15 III-281 NA >15III-282 NA <15 III-283 NA <15 III-284 NA <15 III-285 NA <15 III-286 NA<15 III-287 NA <15 III-288 NA <15 III-289 NA <15 III-290 NA <15 III-291NA <15 III-292 NA <15 III-293 NA <15 III-294 NA <15 III-295 NA <15III-296 NA <15 III-297 NA <15 III-298 NA <15 III-299 NA <15 III-300 NA<15 III-301 NA <15 III-302 NA <15 III-303 NA <15 III-304 NA <15 III-305NA <15 III-306 <15 <15 III-307 <15 <15 III-308 >15 >15 III-309 NA <15III-310 NA <15 III-311 NA <15 III-312 NA <15 III-313 <15 <15 III-314 NA<15 III-315 NA <15 III-316 NA <15 III-317 NA <15 III-318 NA <15 III-319NA <15 III-320 NA <15 III-321 NA <15 III-322 NA <15 III-323 NA <15III-324 NA <15 III-325 NA <15 III-326 NA <15 III-327 NA <15 III-328 NA<15 III-329 NA <15 III-330 NA <15 III-331 NA <15 III-332 NA <15 III-333<15 <15 III-334 NA <15 III-335 NA <15 III-336 NA <15 III-337 NA <15III-338 NA <15 III-339 NA <15 III-340 NA <15 III-341 NA <15 III-342 NA<15 III-343 NA <15 III-344 NA <15 III-345 NA <15 III-346 NA <15 III-347NA <15 III-348 NA <15

TABLE 8 RORγINHIBITION DATA FOR EXEMPLARY INDAZOLES Compound RORγFRETIC₅₀ RORγHEK IC₅₀ No. (μM) (μM)  9 <15 NA 11 <15 NA 10 <15 NA V-1 <15 NAV-2 <15 NA V-3 <15 NA V-4 <15 NA V-5 <15 NA V-6 <15 NA V-7 <15 NA V-8<15 NA V-9 <15 NA V-10 <15 NA V-11 <15 NA V-12 <15 NA V-13 <15 NA V-14<15 NA V-15 <15 NA V-16 <15 NA V-17 <15 NA V-18 <15 NA V-19 <15 NA V-20<15 NA V-21 <15 NA V-22 <15 NA V-23 <15 NA V-24 <15 NA V-25 <15 NA V-26<15 NA V-27 <15 NA V-28 <15 NA V-29 <15 NA V-30 <15 NA V-31 <15 NA V-32<15 NA V-33 <15 NA V-34 <15 NA V-35 <15 NA V-36 <15 NA V-37 <15 NA V-38<15 NA V-39 <15 NA V-40 <15 NA V-41 <15 NA V-42 <15 NA V-43 <15 NA V-44<15 NA V-45 <15 NA V-46 <15 NA V-47 <15 NA V-48 <15 NA V-49 <15 NA V-50<15 NA V-51 <15 NA V-52 <15 NA V-53 <15 NA V-54 <15 NA V-55 <15 NA V-56<15 NA V-57 <15 NA V-58 <15 NA V-59 <15 NA V-60 <15 NA V-61 <15 NA V-62<15 NA V-63 <15 NA V-64 <15 NA V-65 <15 NA V-66 <15 NA V-67 <15 NA V-68<15 NA V-69 <15 NA V-70 <15 NA V-71 <15 NA V-72 <15 NA V-73 <15 NA V-74<15 NA V-75 <15 NA V-76 <15 NA V-77 <15 NA V-78 <15 NA V-79 <15 NA V-80<15 NA V-81 <15 NA V-82 <15 NA V-83 <15 NA V-84 <15 NA V-85 <15 NA V-86<15 NA V-87 <15 NA V-88 <15 NA V-89 <15 NA V-90 <15 NA V-91 <15 NA V-92<15 NA V-93 <15 NA V-94 <15 NA V-95 <15 NA V-96 <15 NA V-97 <15 NA V-98<15 NA V-99 <15 NA V-100 <15 NA V-101 <15 NA V-102 <15 NA V-103 <15 NAV-104 <15 NA V-105 <15 NA V-106 <15 NA V-107 <15 NA V-108 <15 NA V-109<15 NA V-110 <15 NA V-111 <15 NA V-112 <15 NA V-113 <15 NA V-114 <15 NAV-115 <15 NA V-116 <15 NA V-117 <15 NA V-118 <15 NA V-119 <15 NA V-120<15 NA V-121 <15 NA V-122 <15 NA V-123 <15 NA V-124 <15 NA V-125 <15 NAV-126 <15 NA V-127 <15 NA V-128 <15 NA V-129 <15 NA V-130 <15 NA V-131<15 NA V-132 <15 NA V-133 <15 NA V-134 <15 NA V-135 <15 NA V-136 <15 NAV-137 <15 NA V-138 <15 NA V-139 <15 NA V-140 <15 NA V-141 <15 NA V-142<15 NA V-143 <15 NA V-144 <15 NA V-145 <15 NA V-146 <15 NA V-147 <15 NAV-148 <15 NA V-149 <15 NA V-150 <15 NA V-151 <15 NA V-152 <15 NA V-153<15 NA V-154 <15 NA V-155 <15 NA V-156 <15 NA V-157 <15 NA V-158 <15 NAV-159 <15 NA V-160 <15 NA V-161 <15 NA V-162 <15 NA V-163 <15 NA V-164<15 NA V-165 <15 NA V-166 <15 NA V-167 <15 NA V-168 <15 NA V-169 <15 NAV-170 <15 NA V-171 <15 NA

TABLE 9 RORγINHIBITION DATA FOR EXEMPLARY BENZOXAZINES Compound RORγFRETIC₅₀ RORγHEK IC₅₀ No. (μM) (μM) 12 <15 <15 13 <15 <15 14 <15 NA 15 <15<15 16 <15 <15 17 >15 NA 18 >15 NA 19 <15 NA 20 <15 <15 21 <15 <15 22<15 <15 23 <15 NA VI-1 <15 <15 VI-2 <15 NA VI-3 <15 NA VI-4 <15 NA VI-5<15 NA VI-6 <15 NA VI-7 <15 NA VI-8 <15 <15 VI-9 <15 <15 VI-10 <15 <15VI-11 <15 <15 VI-12 <15 <15 VI-13 <15 <15 VI-14 <15 <15 VI-15 <15 <15VI-16 <15 NA VI-17 <15 NA VI-18 <15 NA VI-19 <15 NA VI-20 <15 NA VI-21<15 NA VI-22 <15 NA VI-23 <15 NA VI-24 <15 <15 VI-25 <15 <15 VI-26 <15<15 VI-27 <15 <15 VI-28 <15 <15 VI-29 <15 <15 VI-30 <15 <15 VI-31 <15 NAVI-32 <15 <15 VI-33 <15 NA VI-34 <15 NA VI-35 <15 <15 VI-36 <15 <15VI-37 <15 <15 VI-38 <15 <15 VI-39 <15 <15 VI-40 <15 <15 VI-41 <15 <15VI-42 <15 <15 VI-43 <15 <15 VI-44 <15 <15 VI-45 <15 <15 VI-46 <15 <15VI-47 <15 <15 VI-48 <15 <15 VI-49 <15 <15 VI-50 <15 NA VI-51 <15 <15VI-52 <15 <15 VI-53 <15 NA VI-54 <15 NA VI-55 <15 NA VI-56 <15 NA VI-57<15 NA VI-58 <15 NA VI-59 <15 NA VI-60 <15 NA VI-61 <15 NA VI-62 <15 <15VI-63 <15 <15 VI-64 <15 NA VI-65 <15 NA VI-66 <15 NA VI-67 <15 <15 VI-68<15 NA VI-69 >15 NA VI-70 <15 <15 VI-71 <15 NA VI-72 <15 <15 VI-73 <15<15 VI-74 <15 NA VI-75 <15 <15 VI-76 <15 <15 VI-77 <15 NA VI-78 <15 <15VI-79 <15 <15 VI-80 <15 <15 VI-81 <15 <15 VI-82 <15 <15 VI-83 <15 <15VI-84 <15 <15 VI-85 <15 <15 VI-86 <15 <15 VI-87 <15 <15 VI-88 <15 <15VI-89 <15 <15 VI-90 <15 <15 VI-91 <15 <15 VI-92 <15 <15 VI-93 <15 <15VI-94 <15 <15 VI-95 <15 <15 VI-96 <15 <15 VI-97 <15 <15 VI-98 <15 <15VI-99 <15 <15 VI-100 <15 <15 VI-101 <15 <15 VI-102 <15 <15 VI-103 <15<15 VI-104 <15 <15 VI-105 <15 <15 VI-106 <15 <15 VI-107 <15 <15 VI-108<15 <15 VI-109 <15 <15 VI-110 <15 <15 VI-111 <15 NA VI-112 <15 <15VI-113 <15 <15 VI-114 <15 <15 VI-115 <15 <15 VI-116 <15 <15 VI-117 <15NA VI-118 <15 <15 VI-119 <15 <15 VI-120 <15 <15 VI-121 <15 <15 VI-122<15 <15 VI-123 <15 <15 VI-124 <15 <15 VI-125 <15 <15 VI-126 NA <15VI-127 NA <15 VI-128 NA <15 VI-129 <15 <15 VI-130 <15 NA VI-131 <15 NAVI-132 <15 NA VI-133 <15 NA VI-134 <15 NA VI-135 <15 NA VI-136 <15 NA

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

The entire disclosure of each of the patent documents and scientificarticles referred to herein is incorporated by reference for allpurposes.

EQUIVALENTS

The invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departingfrom the spirit or essential characteristics thereof. The foregoingembodiments are therefore to be considered in all respects illustrativerather than limiting the invention described herein. Scope of theinvention is thus indicated by the appended claims rather than by theforegoing description, and all changes that come within the meaning andrange of equivalency of the claims are intended to be embraced therein.

What is claimed is:
 1. A compound represented by Formula III:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein: A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl, C(O)R¹¹, —C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴); X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ, —C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ, —[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula III; R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), or heteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴); R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ and R⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring; R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, or C₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl); R⁹ and R¹⁰ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN; R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, —CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴); R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, —CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴); m is 1 or 2; p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; y is 1 or 2; and wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compound represented by Formula III is R, S, or a mixture thereof.
 2. The compound of claim 1, wherein A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴).
 3. The compound of claim 1, wherein A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN.
 4. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ or —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ.
 5. (canceled)
 6. (canceled)
 7. The compound of claim 1, wherein R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸.
 8. The compound of claim 1, wherein R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl, each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl.
 9. The compound of claim 8, wherein R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl.
 10. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is represented by Formula III-C:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein: A is aryl or heteroaryl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —CN, and —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl; R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸; R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ and R⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring; R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁸ is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl; R⁹ is C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, or —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy; and wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compound represented by Formula III-C is R, S, or a mixture thereof.
 11. The compound of claim 10, wherein A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN.
 12. The compound of claim 10, wherein R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl.
 13. The compound of claim 10, wherein R⁹ is C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, or —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy.
 14. The compound of claim 10, wherein R² is attached to the 6-position of the benzoxazine ring.
 15. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is represented by Formula III-D:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein: A is aryl or heteroaryl; each of which is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —CN, and —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl; R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸; R⁶ is C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁷ is hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁸ is aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl; and wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compound represented by Formula III-D is R, S, or a mixture thereof.
 16. The compound of claim 15, wherein A is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN.
 17. The compound of claim 15, wherein R⁸ is phenyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₆alkyl, and C₁₋₆haloalkyl.
 18. The compound of claim 15, wherein R⁶ is methyl.
 19. The compound of claim 15, wherein R¹ and R⁷ are hydrogen.
 20. The compound of claim 15, wherein R² is attached at the 6-position of the benzoxazine ring. 21.-36. (canceled)
 37. A pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and (ii) a compound represented by Formula V or VI:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein: A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl, —C(O)R¹¹, —C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴); X is —[C(R⁵)₂]_(n)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula V; R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), or heteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴); R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ and R⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring; R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, or C₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl); R⁹ and R¹⁹ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN; R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, —CO₂R³, and —N(R³)(R⁴); R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, —CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴); n is 1, 2, or 3; m is 1 or 2; p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; y is 1 or 2; and wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compound represented by Formula V is R, S, or a mixture thereof; and Formula VI is represented by:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein: A is aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl, —C(O)R¹¹, —C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴); X is —[C(R⁵)₂]₃-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula VI; R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R² is —C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸); R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ and R⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring; R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁸ is aryl or aralkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, and —CN; R⁹ and R¹⁰ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN; R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, —CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴); R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, —CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴); m is 1 or 2; p is 0, 1, or 2; y is 1 or 2; and wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compound represented by Formula VI is R, S, or a mixture thereof. 38.-54. (canceled)
 55. A compound of Formula VII:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein: A is arylene, aralkylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene, or heterocycloalkylene; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CO₂R⁶, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —O-aryl, —O—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R⁶, —N(R⁶)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl), heterocyclyl, —C(O)R¹¹, —C(R¹¹)(R¹²)OH, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴); X is —C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)-ψ, —[C(R⁵)₂]_(m)—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂—C(R⁵)(C₁₋₆alkyl)-C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁵)₂C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(R⁵)₂-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)C(R⁶)₂]-ψ, —O—[C(R⁶)(R⁹)]-ψ, -—[C(R⁶)₂—C(hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl)(R⁶)]-ψ, —N(R⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m-ψ, —N═C(R) ⁶)-ψ, —N═C(R⁶)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —N═N-ψ, —C(R⁶)═N-ψ, —C(R¹⁰)═N-ψ, —C(O)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ, —C(R⁶)₂C(O)C(R⁶)₂-ψ, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)—C(O)-ψ, —C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)C(O)-ψ, —C(O)C(R⁶)═C(R⁶)-ψ, —N(R⁶)—C(O)-ψ, or —C(H)(OR⁶)—[C(R⁶)₂]_(m)-ψ; wherein ψ is a bond to the sulfonamide ring nitrogen atom in Formula VII; Z is C₁₋₆alkyl or C₁₋₆haloalkyl; R¹ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R² is —N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —(C₁₋₂alkylene)-N(R⁷)C(O)R⁸, —N(R⁷)C(O)N(R⁷)(R⁸), or heteroaryl, wherein said heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R³)(R⁴); R³ and R⁴ each represent independently hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; or R³ and R⁴ taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered heterocyclic ring; R⁵ represents independently for each occurrence hydrogen, halogen, or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁶ and R⁷ each represent independently for each occurrence hydrogen or C₁₋₆alkyl; R⁸ is aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkyl, —C(R⁶)₂-cycloalkenyl, —C(R⁶)₂-heterocyclyl, or C₁₋₆alkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, —N(R³)(R⁴), —CN, —CO₂—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —S(O)_(p)C₁₋₆alkyl, —SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), and —N(R³)SO₂(C₁₋₆alkyl); R⁹ and R¹⁰ each represent independently C₁₋₆haloalkyl, C₁₋₆hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CO₂R³, —C₁₋₆alkylene-CN, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C₁₋₆alkoxy, —C₁₋₆alkylene-C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)C(O)—[C(OH)(R³)(R⁴)], —C₁₋₆alkylene-O—C(O)N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), —C₁₋₆alkylene-N(R³)SO₂N(R³)(R⁴), C₂₋₄alkenyl, -arylene-CO₂R⁶, or —CN; R¹¹ is C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, —CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴); R¹² is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆haloalkoxy, —CO₂R³, and, —N(R³)(R⁴); m is 1 or 2; p represents independently for each occurrence 0, 1, or 2; y is 1 or 2; and wherein the stereochemical configuration at a stereocenter in a compound represented by Formula VII is R, S, or a mixture thereof. 56-71. (canceled)
 72. A method of inhibiting the activity of RORγ, comprising exposing a RORγ to an effective amount of a compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof to inhibit the activity of said RORγ. 73.-91. (canceled) 